xref: /minix3/external/bsd/llvm/dist/clang/include/clang-c/Index.h (revision 0a6a1f1d05b60e214de2f05a7310ddd1f0e590e7)
1f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /*===-- clang-c/Index.h - Indexing Public C Interface -------------*- C -*-===*\
2f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc |*                                                                            *|
3f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc |*                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure                       *|
4f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc |*                                                                            *|
5f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc |* This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source      *|
6f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc |* License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.                                      *|
7f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc |*                                                                            *|
8f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc |*===----------------------------------------------------------------------===*|
9f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc |*                                                                            *|
10f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc |* This header provides a public inferface to a Clang library for extracting  *|
11f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc |* high-level symbol information from source files without exposing the full  *|
12f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc |* Clang C++ API.                                                             *|
13f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc |*                                                                            *|
14f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc \*===----------------------------------------------------------------------===*/
15f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
16*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc #ifndef LLVM_CLANG_C_INDEX_H
17*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc #define LLVM_CLANG_C_INDEX_H
18f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
19f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc #include <time.h>
20f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
21f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc #include "clang-c/Platform.h"
22*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc #include "clang-c/CXErrorCode.h"
23f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc #include "clang-c/CXString.h"
24*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc #include "clang-c/BuildSystem.h"
25f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
26f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
27f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief The version constants for the libclang API.
28f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * CINDEX_VERSION_MINOR should increase when there are API additions.
29f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * CINDEX_VERSION_MAJOR is intended for "major" source/ABI breaking changes.
30f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
31f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * The policy about the libclang API was always to keep it source and ABI
32f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * compatible, thus CINDEX_VERSION_MAJOR is expected to remain stable.
33f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
34f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc #define CINDEX_VERSION_MAJOR 0
35*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc #define CINDEX_VERSION_MINOR 29
36f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
37f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc #define CINDEX_VERSION_ENCODE(major, minor) ( \
38f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc       ((major) * 10000)                       \
39f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc     + ((minor) *     1))
40f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
41f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc #define CINDEX_VERSION CINDEX_VERSION_ENCODE( \
42f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc     CINDEX_VERSION_MAJOR,                     \
43f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc     CINDEX_VERSION_MINOR )
44f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
45f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc #define CINDEX_VERSION_STRINGIZE_(major, minor)   \
46f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc     #major"."#minor
47f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc #define CINDEX_VERSION_STRINGIZE(major, minor)    \
48f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc     CINDEX_VERSION_STRINGIZE_(major, minor)
49f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
50f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc #define CINDEX_VERSION_STRING CINDEX_VERSION_STRINGIZE( \
51f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc     CINDEX_VERSION_MAJOR,                               \
52f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc     CINDEX_VERSION_MINOR)
53f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
54f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc #ifdef __cplusplus
55f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc extern "C" {
56f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc #endif
57f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
58f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /** \defgroup CINDEX libclang: C Interface to Clang
59f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
60f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * The C Interface to Clang provides a relatively small API that exposes
61f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * facilities for parsing source code into an abstract syntax tree (AST),
62f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * loading already-parsed ASTs, traversing the AST, associating
63f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * physical source locations with elements within the AST, and other
64f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * facilities that support Clang-based development tools.
65f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
66f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * This C interface to Clang will never provide all of the information
67f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * representation stored in Clang's C++ AST, nor should it: the intent is to
68f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * maintain an API that is relatively stable from one release to the next,
69f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * providing only the basic functionality needed to support development tools.
70f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
71f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * To avoid namespace pollution, data types are prefixed with "CX" and
72f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * functions are prefixed with "clang_".
73f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
74f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * @{
75f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
76f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
77f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
78f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief An "index" that consists of a set of translation units that would
79f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * typically be linked together into an executable or library.
80f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
81f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc typedef void *CXIndex;
82f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
83f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
84f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief A single translation unit, which resides in an index.
85f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
86f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc typedef struct CXTranslationUnitImpl *CXTranslationUnit;
87f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
88f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
89f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Opaque pointer representing client data that will be passed through
90f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * to various callbacks and visitors.
91f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
92f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc typedef void *CXClientData;
93f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
94f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
95f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Provides the contents of a file that has not yet been saved to disk.
96f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
97f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * Each CXUnsavedFile instance provides the name of a file on the
98f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * system along with the current contents of that file that have not
99f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * yet been saved to disk.
100f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
101f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc struct CXUnsavedFile {
102f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
103f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief The file whose contents have not yet been saved.
104f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *
105f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * This file must already exist in the file system.
106f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
107f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   const char *Filename;
108f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
109f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
110f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief A buffer containing the unsaved contents of this file.
111f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
112f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   const char *Contents;
113f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
114f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
115f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief The length of the unsaved contents of this buffer.
116f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
117f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   unsigned long Length;
118f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc };
119f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
120f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
121f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Describes the availability of a particular entity, which indicates
122f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * whether the use of this entity will result in a warning or error due to
123f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * it being deprecated or unavailable.
124f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
125f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc enum CXAvailabilityKind {
126f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
127f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief The entity is available.
128f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
129f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXAvailability_Available,
130f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
131f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief The entity is available, but has been deprecated (and its use is
132f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * not recommended).
133f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
134f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXAvailability_Deprecated,
135f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
136f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief The entity is not available; any use of it will be an error.
137f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
138f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXAvailability_NotAvailable,
139f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
140f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief The entity is available, but not accessible; any use of it will be
141f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * an error.
142f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
143f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXAvailability_NotAccessible
144f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc };
145f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
146f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
147f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Describes a version number of the form major.minor.subminor.
148f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
149f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc typedef struct CXVersion {
150f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
151f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief The major version number, e.g., the '10' in '10.7.3'. A negative
152f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * value indicates that there is no version number at all.
153f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
154f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   int Major;
155f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
156f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief The minor version number, e.g., the '7' in '10.7.3'. This value
157f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * will be negative if no minor version number was provided, e.g., for
158f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * version '10'.
159f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
160f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   int Minor;
161f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
162f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief The subminor version number, e.g., the '3' in '10.7.3'. This value
163f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * will be negative if no minor or subminor version number was provided,
164f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * e.g., in version '10' or '10.7'.
165f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
166f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   int Subminor;
167f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc } CXVersion;
168f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
169f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
170f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Provides a shared context for creating translation units.
171f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
172f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * It provides two options:
173f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
174f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * - excludeDeclarationsFromPCH: When non-zero, allows enumeration of "local"
175f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * declarations (when loading any new translation units). A "local" declaration
176f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * is one that belongs in the translation unit itself and not in a precompiled
177f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * header that was used by the translation unit. If zero, all declarations
178f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * will be enumerated.
179f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
180f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * Here is an example:
181f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
182f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \code
183f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *   // excludeDeclsFromPCH = 1, displayDiagnostics=1
184f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *   Idx = clang_createIndex(1, 1);
185f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
186f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *   // IndexTest.pch was produced with the following command:
187f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *   // "clang -x c IndexTest.h -emit-ast -o IndexTest.pch"
188f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *   TU = clang_createTranslationUnit(Idx, "IndexTest.pch");
189f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
190f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *   // This will load all the symbols from 'IndexTest.pch'
191f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *   clang_visitChildren(clang_getTranslationUnitCursor(TU),
192f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *                       TranslationUnitVisitor, 0);
193f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *   clang_disposeTranslationUnit(TU);
194f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
195f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *   // This will load all the symbols from 'IndexTest.c', excluding symbols
196f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *   // from 'IndexTest.pch'.
197f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *   char *args[] = { "-Xclang", "-include-pch=IndexTest.pch" };
198f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *   TU = clang_createTranslationUnitFromSourceFile(Idx, "IndexTest.c", 2, args,
199f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *                                                  0, 0);
200f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *   clang_visitChildren(clang_getTranslationUnitCursor(TU),
201f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *                       TranslationUnitVisitor, 0);
202f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *   clang_disposeTranslationUnit(TU);
203f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \endcode
204f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
205f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * This process of creating the 'pch', loading it separately, and using it (via
206f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * -include-pch) allows 'excludeDeclsFromPCH' to remove redundant callbacks
207f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * (which gives the indexer the same performance benefit as the compiler).
208f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
209f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXIndex clang_createIndex(int excludeDeclarationsFromPCH,
210f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                          int displayDiagnostics);
211f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
212f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
213f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Destroy the given index.
214f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
215f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * The index must not be destroyed until all of the translation units created
216f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * within that index have been destroyed.
217f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
218f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_disposeIndex(CXIndex index);
219f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
220f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc typedef enum {
221f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
222f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Used to indicate that no special CXIndex options are needed.
223f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
224f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXGlobalOpt_None = 0x0,
225f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
226f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
227f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Used to indicate that threads that libclang creates for indexing
228f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * purposes should use background priority.
229f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *
230f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * Affects #clang_indexSourceFile, #clang_indexTranslationUnit,
231f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * #clang_parseTranslationUnit, #clang_saveTranslationUnit.
232f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
233f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForIndexing = 0x1,
234f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
235f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
236f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Used to indicate that threads that libclang creates for editing
237f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * purposes should use background priority.
238f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *
239f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * Affects #clang_reparseTranslationUnit, #clang_codeCompleteAt,
240f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * #clang_annotateTokens
241f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
242f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForEditing = 0x2,
243f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
244f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
245f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Used to indicate that all threads that libclang creates should use
246f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * background priority.
247f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
248f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForAll =
249f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc       CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForIndexing |
250f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc       CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForEditing
251f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
252f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc } CXGlobalOptFlags;
253f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
254f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
255f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Sets general options associated with a CXIndex.
256f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
257f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * For example:
258f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \code
259f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * CXIndex idx = ...;
260f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * clang_CXIndex_setGlobalOptions(idx,
261f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *     clang_CXIndex_getGlobalOptions(idx) |
262f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *     CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForIndexing);
263f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \endcode
264f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
265f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param options A bitmask of options, a bitwise OR of CXGlobalOpt_XXX flags.
266f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
267f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_CXIndex_setGlobalOptions(CXIndex, unsigned options);
268f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
269f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
270f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Gets the general options associated with a CXIndex.
271f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
272f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \returns A bitmask of options, a bitwise OR of CXGlobalOpt_XXX flags that
273f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * are associated with the given CXIndex object.
274f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
275f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXIndex_getGlobalOptions(CXIndex);
276f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
277f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
278f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \defgroup CINDEX_FILES File manipulation routines
279f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
280f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * @{
281f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
282f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
283f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
284f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief A particular source file that is part of a translation unit.
285f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
286f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc typedef void *CXFile;
287f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
288f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
289f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
290f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieve the complete file and path name of the given file.
291f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
292f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getFileName(CXFile SFile);
293f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
294f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
295f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieve the last modification time of the given file.
296f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
297f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE time_t clang_getFileTime(CXFile SFile);
298f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
299f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
300f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Uniquely identifies a CXFile, that refers to the same underlying file,
301f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * across an indexing session.
302f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
303f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc typedef struct {
304f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   unsigned long long data[3];
305f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc } CXFileUniqueID;
306f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
307f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
308f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieve the unique ID for the given \c file.
309f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
310f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param file the file to get the ID for.
311f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param outID stores the returned CXFileUniqueID.
312f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \returns If there was a failure getting the unique ID, returns non-zero,
313f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * otherwise returns 0.
314f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc */
315f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_getFileUniqueID(CXFile file, CXFileUniqueID *outID);
316f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
317f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
318f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Determine whether the given header is guarded against
319f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * multiple inclusions, either with the conventional
320f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \#ifndef/\#define/\#endif macro guards or with \#pragma once.
321f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
322f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned
323f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc clang_isFileMultipleIncludeGuarded(CXTranslationUnit tu, CXFile file);
324f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
325f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
326f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieve a file handle within the given translation unit.
327f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
328f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param tu the translation unit
329f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
330f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param file_name the name of the file.
331f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
332f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \returns the file handle for the named file in the translation unit \p tu,
333f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * or a NULL file handle if the file was not a part of this translation unit.
334f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
335f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXFile clang_getFile(CXTranslationUnit tu,
336f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                     const char *file_name);
337f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
338f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
339*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Returns non-zero if the \c file1 and \c file2 point to the same file,
340*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * or they are both NULL.
341*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  */
342*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_File_isEqual(CXFile file1, CXFile file2);
343*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc 
344*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc /**
345f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * @}
346f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
347f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
348f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
349f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \defgroup CINDEX_LOCATIONS Physical source locations
350f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
351f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * Clang represents physical source locations in its abstract syntax tree in
352f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * great detail, with file, line, and column information for the majority of
353f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * the tokens parsed in the source code. These data types and functions are
354f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * used to represent source location information, either for a particular
355f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * point in the program or for a range of points in the program, and extract
356f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * specific location information from those data types.
357f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
358f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * @{
359f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
360f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
361f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
362f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Identifies a specific source location within a translation
363f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * unit.
364f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
365f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * Use clang_getExpansionLocation() or clang_getSpellingLocation()
366f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * to map a source location to a particular file, line, and column.
367f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
368f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc typedef struct {
369f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   const void *ptr_data[2];
370f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   unsigned int_data;
371f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc } CXSourceLocation;
372f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
373f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
374f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Identifies a half-open character range in the source code.
375f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
376f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * Use clang_getRangeStart() and clang_getRangeEnd() to retrieve the
377f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * starting and end locations from a source range, respectively.
378f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
379f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc typedef struct {
380f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   const void *ptr_data[2];
381f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   unsigned begin_int_data;
382f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   unsigned end_int_data;
383f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc } CXSourceRange;
384f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
385f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
386f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieve a NULL (invalid) source location.
387f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
388f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceLocation clang_getNullLocation(void);
389f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
390f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
391f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Determine whether two source locations, which must refer into
392f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * the same translation unit, refer to exactly the same point in the source
393f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * code.
394f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
395f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \returns non-zero if the source locations refer to the same location, zero
396f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * if they refer to different locations.
397f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
398f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_equalLocations(CXSourceLocation loc1,
399f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                              CXSourceLocation loc2);
400f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
401f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
402f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieves the source location associated with a given file/line/column
403f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * in a particular translation unit.
404f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
405f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceLocation clang_getLocation(CXTranslationUnit tu,
406f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                                   CXFile file,
407f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                                   unsigned line,
408f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                                   unsigned column);
409f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
410f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieves the source location associated with a given character offset
411f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * in a particular translation unit.
412f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
413f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceLocation clang_getLocationForOffset(CXTranslationUnit tu,
414f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                                            CXFile file,
415f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                                            unsigned offset);
416f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
417f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
418f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Returns non-zero if the given source location is in a system header.
419f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
420f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_Location_isInSystemHeader(CXSourceLocation location);
421f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
422f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
423f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Returns non-zero if the given source location is in the main file of
424f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * the corresponding translation unit.
425f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
426f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_Location_isFromMainFile(CXSourceLocation location);
427f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
428f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
429f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieve a NULL (invalid) source range.
430f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
431f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceRange clang_getNullRange(void);
432f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
433f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
434f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieve a source range given the beginning and ending source
435f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * locations.
436f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
437f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceRange clang_getRange(CXSourceLocation begin,
438f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                             CXSourceLocation end);
439f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
440f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
441f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Determine whether two ranges are equivalent.
442f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
443f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \returns non-zero if the ranges are the same, zero if they differ.
444f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
445f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_equalRanges(CXSourceRange range1,
446f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                           CXSourceRange range2);
447f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
448f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
449f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Returns non-zero if \p range is null.
450f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
451f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_Range_isNull(CXSourceRange range);
452f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
453f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
454f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieve the file, line, column, and offset represented by
455f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * the given source location.
456f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
457f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * If the location refers into a macro expansion, retrieves the
458f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * location of the macro expansion.
459f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
460f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param location the location within a source file that will be decomposed
461f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * into its parts.
462f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
463f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param file [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the file to which the given
464f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * source location points.
465f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
466f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param line [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the line to which the given
467f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * source location points.
468f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
469f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param column [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the column to which the given
470f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * source location points.
471f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
472f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param offset [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the offset into the
473f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * buffer to which the given source location points.
474f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
475f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_getExpansionLocation(CXSourceLocation location,
476f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                                CXFile *file,
477f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                                unsigned *line,
478f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                                unsigned *column,
479f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                                unsigned *offset);
480f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
481f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
482f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieve the file, line, column, and offset represented by
483f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * the given source location, as specified in a # line directive.
484f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
485f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * Example: given the following source code in a file somefile.c
486f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
487f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \code
488f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * #123 "dummy.c" 1
489f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
490f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * static int func(void)
491f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * {
492f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *     return 0;
493f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * }
494f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \endcode
495f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
496f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * the location information returned by this function would be
497f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
498f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * File: dummy.c Line: 124 Column: 12
499f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
500f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * whereas clang_getExpansionLocation would have returned
501f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
502f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * File: somefile.c Line: 3 Column: 12
503f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
504f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param location the location within a source file that will be decomposed
505f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * into its parts.
506f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
507f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param filename [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the filename of the
508f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * source location. Note that filenames returned will be for "virtual" files,
509f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * which don't necessarily exist on the machine running clang - e.g. when
510f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * parsing preprocessed output obtained from a different environment. If
511f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * a non-NULL value is passed in, remember to dispose of the returned value
512f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * using \c clang_disposeString() once you've finished with it. For an invalid
513f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * source location, an empty string is returned.
514f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
515f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param line [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the line number of the
516f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * source location. For an invalid source location, zero is returned.
517f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
518f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param column [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the column number of the
519f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * source location. For an invalid source location, zero is returned.
520f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
521f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_getPresumedLocation(CXSourceLocation location,
522f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                               CXString *filename,
523f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                               unsigned *line,
524f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                               unsigned *column);
525f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
526f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
527f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Legacy API to retrieve the file, line, column, and offset represented
528f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * by the given source location.
529f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
530f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * This interface has been replaced by the newer interface
531f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * #clang_getExpansionLocation(). See that interface's documentation for
532f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * details.
533f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
534f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_getInstantiationLocation(CXSourceLocation location,
535f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                                    CXFile *file,
536f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                                    unsigned *line,
537f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                                    unsigned *column,
538f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                                    unsigned *offset);
539f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
540f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
541f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieve the file, line, column, and offset represented by
542f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * the given source location.
543f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
544f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * If the location refers into a macro instantiation, return where the
545f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * location was originally spelled in the source file.
546f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
547f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param location the location within a source file that will be decomposed
548f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * into its parts.
549f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
550f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param file [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the file to which the given
551f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * source location points.
552f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
553f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param line [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the line to which the given
554f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * source location points.
555f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
556f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param column [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the column to which the given
557f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * source location points.
558f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
559f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param offset [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the offset into the
560f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * buffer to which the given source location points.
561f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
562f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_getSpellingLocation(CXSourceLocation location,
563f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                               CXFile *file,
564f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                               unsigned *line,
565f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                               unsigned *column,
566f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                               unsigned *offset);
567f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
568f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
569f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieve the file, line, column, and offset represented by
570f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * the given source location.
571f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
572f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * If the location refers into a macro expansion, return where the macro was
573f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * expanded or where the macro argument was written, if the location points at
574f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * a macro argument.
575f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
576f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param location the location within a source file that will be decomposed
577f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * into its parts.
578f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
579f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param file [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the file to which the given
580f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * source location points.
581f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
582f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param line [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the line to which the given
583f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * source location points.
584f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
585f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param column [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the column to which the given
586f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * source location points.
587f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
588f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param offset [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the offset into the
589f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * buffer to which the given source location points.
590f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
591f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_getFileLocation(CXSourceLocation location,
592f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                           CXFile *file,
593f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                           unsigned *line,
594f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                           unsigned *column,
595f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                           unsigned *offset);
596f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
597f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
598f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieve a source location representing the first character within a
599f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * source range.
600f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
601f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceLocation clang_getRangeStart(CXSourceRange range);
602f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
603f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
604f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieve a source location representing the last character within a
605f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * source range.
606f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
607f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceLocation clang_getRangeEnd(CXSourceRange range);
608f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
609f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
610*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Identifies an array of ranges.
611*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  */
612*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc typedef struct {
613*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief The number of ranges in the \c ranges array. */
614*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   unsigned count;
615*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   /**
616*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc    * \brief An array of \c CXSourceRanges.
617*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc    */
618*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   CXSourceRange *ranges;
619*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc } CXSourceRangeList;
620*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc 
621*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc /**
622*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieve all ranges that were skipped by the preprocessor.
623*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  *
624*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * The preprocessor will skip lines when they are surrounded by an
625*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * if/ifdef/ifndef directive whose condition does not evaluate to true.
626*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  */
627*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceRangeList *clang_getSkippedRanges(CXTranslationUnit tu,
628*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc                                                          CXFile file);
629*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc 
630*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc /**
631*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Destroy the given \c CXSourceRangeList.
632*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  */
633*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_disposeSourceRangeList(CXSourceRangeList *ranges);
634*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc 
635*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc /**
636f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * @}
637f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
638f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
639f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
640f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \defgroup CINDEX_DIAG Diagnostic reporting
641f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
642f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * @{
643f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
644f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
645f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
646f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Describes the severity of a particular diagnostic.
647f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
648f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc enum CXDiagnosticSeverity {
649f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
650f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief A diagnostic that has been suppressed, e.g., by a command-line
651f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * option.
652f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
653f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXDiagnostic_Ignored = 0,
654f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
655f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
656f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief This diagnostic is a note that should be attached to the
657f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * previous (non-note) diagnostic.
658f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
659f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXDiagnostic_Note    = 1,
660f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
661f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
662f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief This diagnostic indicates suspicious code that may not be
663f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * wrong.
664f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
665f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXDiagnostic_Warning = 2,
666f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
667f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
668f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief This diagnostic indicates that the code is ill-formed.
669f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
670f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXDiagnostic_Error   = 3,
671f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
672f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
673f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief This diagnostic indicates that the code is ill-formed such
674f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * that future parser recovery is unlikely to produce useful
675f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * results.
676f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
677f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXDiagnostic_Fatal   = 4
678f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc };
679f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
680f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
681f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief A single diagnostic, containing the diagnostic's severity,
682f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * location, text, source ranges, and fix-it hints.
683f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
684f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc typedef void *CXDiagnostic;
685f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
686f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
687f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief A group of CXDiagnostics.
688f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
689f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc typedef void *CXDiagnosticSet;
690f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
691f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
692f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Determine the number of diagnostics in a CXDiagnosticSet.
693f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
694f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_getNumDiagnosticsInSet(CXDiagnosticSet Diags);
695f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
696f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
697f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieve a diagnostic associated with the given CXDiagnosticSet.
698f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
699f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param Diags the CXDiagnosticSet to query.
700f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param Index the zero-based diagnostic number to retrieve.
701f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
702f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \returns the requested diagnostic. This diagnostic must be freed
703f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * via a call to \c clang_disposeDiagnostic().
704f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
705f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXDiagnostic clang_getDiagnosticInSet(CXDiagnosticSet Diags,
706f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                                      unsigned Index);
707f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
708f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
709f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
710f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Describes the kind of error that occurred (if any) in a call to
711f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \c clang_loadDiagnostics.
712f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
713f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc enum CXLoadDiag_Error {
714f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
715f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Indicates that no error occurred.
716f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
717f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXLoadDiag_None = 0,
718f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
719f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
720f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Indicates that an unknown error occurred while attempting to
721f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * deserialize diagnostics.
722f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
723f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXLoadDiag_Unknown = 1,
724f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
725f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
726f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Indicates that the file containing the serialized diagnostics
727f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * could not be opened.
728f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
729f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXLoadDiag_CannotLoad = 2,
730f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
731f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
732f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Indicates that the serialized diagnostics file is invalid or
733f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * corrupt.
734f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
735f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXLoadDiag_InvalidFile = 3
736f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc };
737f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
738f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
739f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Deserialize a set of diagnostics from a Clang diagnostics bitcode
740f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * file.
741f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
742f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param file The name of the file to deserialize.
743f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param error A pointer to a enum value recording if there was a problem
744f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *        deserializing the diagnostics.
745f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param errorString A pointer to a CXString for recording the error string
746f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *        if the file was not successfully loaded.
747f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
748f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \returns A loaded CXDiagnosticSet if successful, and NULL otherwise.  These
749f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * diagnostics should be released using clang_disposeDiagnosticSet().
750f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
751f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXDiagnosticSet clang_loadDiagnostics(const char *file,
752f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                                   enum CXLoadDiag_Error *error,
753f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                                   CXString *errorString);
754f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
755f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
756f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Release a CXDiagnosticSet and all of its contained diagnostics.
757f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
758f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_disposeDiagnosticSet(CXDiagnosticSet Diags);
759f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
760f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
761f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieve the child diagnostics of a CXDiagnostic.
762f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
763f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * This CXDiagnosticSet does not need to be released by
764f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * clang_disposeDiagnosticSet.
765f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
766f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXDiagnosticSet clang_getChildDiagnostics(CXDiagnostic D);
767f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
768f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
769f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Determine the number of diagnostics produced for the given
770f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * translation unit.
771f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
772f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_getNumDiagnostics(CXTranslationUnit Unit);
773f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
774f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
775f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieve a diagnostic associated with the given translation unit.
776f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
777f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param Unit the translation unit to query.
778f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param Index the zero-based diagnostic number to retrieve.
779f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
780f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \returns the requested diagnostic. This diagnostic must be freed
781f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * via a call to \c clang_disposeDiagnostic().
782f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
783f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXDiagnostic clang_getDiagnostic(CXTranslationUnit Unit,
784f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                                 unsigned Index);
785f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
786f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
787f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieve the complete set of diagnostics associated with a
788f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *        translation unit.
789f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
790f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param Unit the translation unit to query.
791f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
792f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXDiagnosticSet
793f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   clang_getDiagnosticSetFromTU(CXTranslationUnit Unit);
794f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
795f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
796f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Destroy a diagnostic.
797f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
798f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_disposeDiagnostic(CXDiagnostic Diagnostic);
799f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
800f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
801f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Options to control the display of diagnostics.
802f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
803f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * The values in this enum are meant to be combined to customize the
804f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * behavior of \c clang_formatDiagnostic().
805f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
806f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc enum CXDiagnosticDisplayOptions {
807f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
808f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Display the source-location information where the
809f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * diagnostic was located.
810f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *
811f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * When set, diagnostics will be prefixed by the file, line, and
812f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * (optionally) column to which the diagnostic refers. For example,
813f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *
814f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \code
815f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * test.c:28: warning: extra tokens at end of #endif directive
816f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \endcode
817f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *
818f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * This option corresponds to the clang flag \c -fshow-source-location.
819f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
820f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXDiagnostic_DisplaySourceLocation = 0x01,
821f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
822f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
823f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief If displaying the source-location information of the
824f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * diagnostic, also include the column number.
825f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *
826f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * This option corresponds to the clang flag \c -fshow-column.
827f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
828f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXDiagnostic_DisplayColumn = 0x02,
829f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
830f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
831f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief If displaying the source-location information of the
832f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * diagnostic, also include information about source ranges in a
833f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * machine-parsable format.
834f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *
835f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * This option corresponds to the clang flag
836f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \c -fdiagnostics-print-source-range-info.
837f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
838f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXDiagnostic_DisplaySourceRanges = 0x04,
839f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
840f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
841f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Display the option name associated with this diagnostic, if any.
842f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *
843f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * The option name displayed (e.g., -Wconversion) will be placed in brackets
844f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * after the diagnostic text. This option corresponds to the clang flag
845f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \c -fdiagnostics-show-option.
846f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
847f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXDiagnostic_DisplayOption = 0x08,
848f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
849f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
850f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Display the category number associated with this diagnostic, if any.
851f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *
852f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * The category number is displayed within brackets after the diagnostic text.
853f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * This option corresponds to the clang flag
854f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \c -fdiagnostics-show-category=id.
855f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
856f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXDiagnostic_DisplayCategoryId = 0x10,
857f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
858f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
859f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Display the category name associated with this diagnostic, if any.
860f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *
861f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * The category name is displayed within brackets after the diagnostic text.
862f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * This option corresponds to the clang flag
863f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \c -fdiagnostics-show-category=name.
864f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
865f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXDiagnostic_DisplayCategoryName = 0x20
866f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc };
867f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
868f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
869f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Format the given diagnostic in a manner that is suitable for display.
870f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
871f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * This routine will format the given diagnostic to a string, rendering
872f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * the diagnostic according to the various options given. The
873f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \c clang_defaultDiagnosticDisplayOptions() function returns the set of
874f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * options that most closely mimics the behavior of the clang compiler.
875f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
876f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param Diagnostic The diagnostic to print.
877f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
878f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param Options A set of options that control the diagnostic display,
879f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * created by combining \c CXDiagnosticDisplayOptions values.
880f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
881f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \returns A new string containing for formatted diagnostic.
882f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
883f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_formatDiagnostic(CXDiagnostic Diagnostic,
884f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                                unsigned Options);
885f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
886f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
887f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieve the set of display options most similar to the
888f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * default behavior of the clang compiler.
889f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
890f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \returns A set of display options suitable for use with \c
891f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * clang_formatDiagnostic().
892f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
893f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_defaultDiagnosticDisplayOptions(void);
894f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
895f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
896f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Determine the severity of the given diagnostic.
897f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
898f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXDiagnosticSeverity
899f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc clang_getDiagnosticSeverity(CXDiagnostic);
900f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
901f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
902f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieve the source location of the given diagnostic.
903f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
904f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * This location is where Clang would print the caret ('^') when
905f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * displaying the diagnostic on the command line.
906f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
907f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceLocation clang_getDiagnosticLocation(CXDiagnostic);
908f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
909f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
910f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieve the text of the given diagnostic.
911f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
912f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getDiagnosticSpelling(CXDiagnostic);
913f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
914f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
915f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieve the name of the command-line option that enabled this
916f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * diagnostic.
917f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
918f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param Diag The diagnostic to be queried.
919f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
920f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param Disable If non-NULL, will be set to the option that disables this
921f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * diagnostic (if any).
922f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
923f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \returns A string that contains the command-line option used to enable this
924f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * warning, such as "-Wconversion" or "-pedantic".
925f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
926f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getDiagnosticOption(CXDiagnostic Diag,
927f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                                   CXString *Disable);
928f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
929f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
930f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieve the category number for this diagnostic.
931f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
932f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * Diagnostics can be categorized into groups along with other, related
933f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * diagnostics (e.g., diagnostics under the same warning flag). This routine
934f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * retrieves the category number for the given diagnostic.
935f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
936f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \returns The number of the category that contains this diagnostic, or zero
937f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * if this diagnostic is uncategorized.
938f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
939f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_getDiagnosticCategory(CXDiagnostic);
940f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
941f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
942f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieve the name of a particular diagnostic category.  This
943f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *  is now deprecated.  Use clang_getDiagnosticCategoryText()
944f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *  instead.
945f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
946f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param Category A diagnostic category number, as returned by
947f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \c clang_getDiagnosticCategory().
948f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
949f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \returns The name of the given diagnostic category.
950f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
951f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_DEPRECATED CINDEX_LINKAGE
952f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CXString clang_getDiagnosticCategoryName(unsigned Category);
953f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
954f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
955f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieve the diagnostic category text for a given diagnostic.
956f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
957f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \returns The text of the given diagnostic category.
958f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
959f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getDiagnosticCategoryText(CXDiagnostic);
960f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
961f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
962f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Determine the number of source ranges associated with the given
963f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * diagnostic.
964f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
965f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_getDiagnosticNumRanges(CXDiagnostic);
966f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
967f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
968f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieve a source range associated with the diagnostic.
969f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
970f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * A diagnostic's source ranges highlight important elements in the source
971f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * code. On the command line, Clang displays source ranges by
972f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * underlining them with '~' characters.
973f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
974f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param Diagnostic the diagnostic whose range is being extracted.
975f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
976f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param Range the zero-based index specifying which range to
977f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
978f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \returns the requested source range.
979f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
980f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceRange clang_getDiagnosticRange(CXDiagnostic Diagnostic,
981f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                                       unsigned Range);
982f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
983f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
984f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Determine the number of fix-it hints associated with the
985f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * given diagnostic.
986f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
987f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_getDiagnosticNumFixIts(CXDiagnostic Diagnostic);
988f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
989f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
990f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieve the replacement information for a given fix-it.
991f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
992f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * Fix-its are described in terms of a source range whose contents
993f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * should be replaced by a string. This approach generalizes over
994f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * three kinds of operations: removal of source code (the range covers
995f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * the code to be removed and the replacement string is empty),
996f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * replacement of source code (the range covers the code to be
997f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * replaced and the replacement string provides the new code), and
998f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * insertion (both the start and end of the range point at the
999f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * insertion location, and the replacement string provides the text to
1000f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * insert).
1001f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
1002f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param Diagnostic The diagnostic whose fix-its are being queried.
1003f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
1004f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param FixIt The zero-based index of the fix-it.
1005f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
1006f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param ReplacementRange The source range whose contents will be
1007f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * replaced with the returned replacement string. Note that source
1008f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * ranges are half-open ranges [a, b), so the source code should be
1009f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * replaced from a and up to (but not including) b.
1010f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
1011f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \returns A string containing text that should be replace the source
1012f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * code indicated by the \c ReplacementRange.
1013f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
1014f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getDiagnosticFixIt(CXDiagnostic Diagnostic,
1015f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                                  unsigned FixIt,
1016f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                                CXSourceRange *ReplacementRange);
1017f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1018f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
1019f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * @}
1020f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
1021f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1022f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
1023f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \defgroup CINDEX_TRANSLATION_UNIT Translation unit manipulation
1024f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
1025f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * The routines in this group provide the ability to create and destroy
1026f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * translation units from files, either by parsing the contents of the files or
1027f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * by reading in a serialized representation of a translation unit.
1028f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
1029f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * @{
1030f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
1031f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1032f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
1033f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Get the original translation unit source file name.
1034f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
1035f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString
1036f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc clang_getTranslationUnitSpelling(CXTranslationUnit CTUnit);
1037f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1038f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
1039f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Return the CXTranslationUnit for a given source file and the provided
1040f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * command line arguments one would pass to the compiler.
1041f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
1042f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * Note: The 'source_filename' argument is optional.  If the caller provides a
1043f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * NULL pointer, the name of the source file is expected to reside in the
1044f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * specified command line arguments.
1045f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
1046f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * Note: When encountered in 'clang_command_line_args', the following options
1047f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * are ignored:
1048f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
1049f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *   '-c'
1050f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *   '-emit-ast'
1051f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *   '-fsyntax-only'
1052f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *   '-o \<output file>'  (both '-o' and '\<output file>' are ignored)
1053f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
1054f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param CIdx The index object with which the translation unit will be
1055f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * associated.
1056f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
1057f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param source_filename The name of the source file to load, or NULL if the
1058f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * source file is included in \p clang_command_line_args.
1059f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
1060f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param num_clang_command_line_args The number of command-line arguments in
1061f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \p clang_command_line_args.
1062f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
1063f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param clang_command_line_args The command-line arguments that would be
1064f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * passed to the \c clang executable if it were being invoked out-of-process.
1065f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * These command-line options will be parsed and will affect how the translation
1066f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * unit is parsed. Note that the following options are ignored: '-c',
1067f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * '-emit-ast', '-fsyntax-only' (which is the default), and '-o \<output file>'.
1068f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
1069f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param num_unsaved_files the number of unsaved file entries in \p
1070f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * unsaved_files.
1071f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
1072f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param unsaved_files the files that have not yet been saved to disk
1073f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * but may be required for code completion, including the contents of
1074f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * those files.  The contents and name of these files (as specified by
1075f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * CXUnsavedFile) are copied when necessary, so the client only needs to
1076f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * guarantee their validity until the call to this function returns.
1077f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
1078f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXTranslationUnit clang_createTranslationUnitFromSourceFile(
1079f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                          CXIndex CIdx,
1080f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                          const char *source_filename,
1081f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                          int num_clang_command_line_args,
1082f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                    const char * const *clang_command_line_args,
1083f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                          unsigned num_unsaved_files,
1084f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                          struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files);
1085f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1086f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
1087*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Same as \c clang_createTranslationUnit2, but returns
1088*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * the \c CXTranslationUnit instead of an error code.  In case of an error this
1089*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * routine returns a \c NULL \c CXTranslationUnit, without further detailed
1090*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * error codes.
1091f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
1092*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXTranslationUnit clang_createTranslationUnit(
1093*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc     CXIndex CIdx,
1094f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc     const char *ast_filename);
1095f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1096f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
1097*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Create a translation unit from an AST file (\c -emit-ast).
1098*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  *
1099*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * \param[out] out_TU A non-NULL pointer to store the created
1100*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * \c CXTranslationUnit.
1101*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  *
1102*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * \returns Zero on success, otherwise returns an error code.
1103*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  */
1104*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXErrorCode clang_createTranslationUnit2(
1105*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc     CXIndex CIdx,
1106*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc     const char *ast_filename,
1107*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc     CXTranslationUnit *out_TU);
1108*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc 
1109*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc /**
1110f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Flags that control the creation of translation units.
1111f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
1112f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * The enumerators in this enumeration type are meant to be bitwise
1113f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * ORed together to specify which options should be used when
1114f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * constructing the translation unit.
1115f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
1116f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc enum CXTranslationUnit_Flags {
1117f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
1118f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Used to indicate that no special translation-unit options are
1119f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * needed.
1120f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
1121f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXTranslationUnit_None = 0x0,
1122f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1123f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
1124f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Used to indicate that the parser should construct a "detailed"
1125f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * preprocessing record, including all macro definitions and instantiations.
1126f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *
1127f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * Constructing a detailed preprocessing record requires more memory
1128f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * and time to parse, since the information contained in the record
1129f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * is usually not retained. However, it can be useful for
1130f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * applications that require more detailed information about the
1131f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * behavior of the preprocessor.
1132f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
1133f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXTranslationUnit_DetailedPreprocessingRecord = 0x01,
1134f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1135f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
1136f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Used to indicate that the translation unit is incomplete.
1137f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *
1138f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * When a translation unit is considered "incomplete", semantic
1139f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * analysis that is typically performed at the end of the
1140f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * translation unit will be suppressed. For example, this suppresses
1141f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * the completion of tentative declarations in C and of
1142f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * instantiation of implicitly-instantiation function templates in
1143f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * C++. This option is typically used when parsing a header with the
1144f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * intent of producing a precompiled header.
1145f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
1146f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXTranslationUnit_Incomplete = 0x02,
1147f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1148f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
1149f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Used to indicate that the translation unit should be built with an
1150f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * implicit precompiled header for the preamble.
1151f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *
1152f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * An implicit precompiled header is used as an optimization when a
1153f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * particular translation unit is likely to be reparsed many times
1154f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * when the sources aren't changing that often. In this case, an
1155f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * implicit precompiled header will be built containing all of the
1156f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * initial includes at the top of the main file (what we refer to as
1157f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * the "preamble" of the file). In subsequent parses, if the
1158f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * preamble or the files in it have not changed, \c
1159f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * clang_reparseTranslationUnit() will re-use the implicit
1160f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * precompiled header to improve parsing performance.
1161f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
1162f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXTranslationUnit_PrecompiledPreamble = 0x04,
1163f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1164f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
1165f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Used to indicate that the translation unit should cache some
1166f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * code-completion results with each reparse of the source file.
1167f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *
1168f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * Caching of code-completion results is a performance optimization that
1169f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * introduces some overhead to reparsing but improves the performance of
1170f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * code-completion operations.
1171f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
1172f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXTranslationUnit_CacheCompletionResults = 0x08,
1173f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1174f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
1175f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Used to indicate that the translation unit will be serialized with
1176f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \c clang_saveTranslationUnit.
1177f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *
1178f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * This option is typically used when parsing a header with the intent of
1179f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * producing a precompiled header.
1180f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
1181f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXTranslationUnit_ForSerialization = 0x10,
1182f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1183f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
1184f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief DEPRECATED: Enabled chained precompiled preambles in C++.
1185f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *
1186f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * Note: this is a *temporary* option that is available only while
1187f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * we are testing C++ precompiled preamble support. It is deprecated.
1188f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
1189f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXTranslationUnit_CXXChainedPCH = 0x20,
1190f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1191f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
1192f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Used to indicate that function/method bodies should be skipped while
1193f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * parsing.
1194f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *
1195f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * This option can be used to search for declarations/definitions while
1196f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * ignoring the usages.
1197f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
1198f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXTranslationUnit_SkipFunctionBodies = 0x40,
1199f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1200f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
1201f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Used to indicate that brief documentation comments should be
1202f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * included into the set of code completions returned from this translation
1203f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * unit.
1204f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
1205f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXTranslationUnit_IncludeBriefCommentsInCodeCompletion = 0x80
1206f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc };
1207f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1208f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
1209f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Returns the set of flags that is suitable for parsing a translation
1210f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * unit that is being edited.
1211f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
1212f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * The set of flags returned provide options for \c clang_parseTranslationUnit()
1213f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * to indicate that the translation unit is likely to be reparsed many times,
1214f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * either explicitly (via \c clang_reparseTranslationUnit()) or implicitly
1215f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * (e.g., by code completion (\c clang_codeCompletionAt())). The returned flag
1216f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * set contains an unspecified set of optimizations (e.g., the precompiled
1217f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * preamble) geared toward improving the performance of these routines. The
1218f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * set of optimizations enabled may change from one version to the next.
1219f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
1220f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_defaultEditingTranslationUnitOptions(void);
1221f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1222f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
1223*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Same as \c clang_parseTranslationUnit2, but returns
1224*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * the \c CXTranslationUnit instead of an error code.  In case of an error this
1225*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * routine returns a \c NULL \c CXTranslationUnit, without further detailed
1226*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * error codes.
1227*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  */
1228*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXTranslationUnit
1229*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc clang_parseTranslationUnit(CXIndex CIdx,
1230*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc                            const char *source_filename,
1231*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc                            const char *const *command_line_args,
1232*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc                            int num_command_line_args,
1233*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc                            struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files,
1234*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc                            unsigned num_unsaved_files,
1235*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc                            unsigned options);
1236*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc 
1237*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc /**
1238f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Parse the given source file and the translation unit corresponding
1239f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * to that file.
1240f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
1241f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * This routine is the main entry point for the Clang C API, providing the
1242f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * ability to parse a source file into a translation unit that can then be
1243f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * queried by other functions in the API. This routine accepts a set of
1244f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * command-line arguments so that the compilation can be configured in the same
1245f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * way that the compiler is configured on the command line.
1246f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
1247f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param CIdx The index object with which the translation unit will be
1248f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * associated.
1249f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
1250f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param source_filename The name of the source file to load, or NULL if the
1251*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * source file is included in \c command_line_args.
1252f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
1253f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param command_line_args The command-line arguments that would be
1254f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * passed to the \c clang executable if it were being invoked out-of-process.
1255f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * These command-line options will be parsed and will affect how the translation
1256f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * unit is parsed. Note that the following options are ignored: '-c',
1257f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * '-emit-ast', '-fsyntax-only' (which is the default), and '-o \<output file>'.
1258f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
1259f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param num_command_line_args The number of command-line arguments in
1260*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * \c command_line_args.
1261f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
1262f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param unsaved_files the files that have not yet been saved to disk
1263f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * but may be required for parsing, including the contents of
1264f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * those files.  The contents and name of these files (as specified by
1265f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * CXUnsavedFile) are copied when necessary, so the client only needs to
1266f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * guarantee their validity until the call to this function returns.
1267f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
1268f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param num_unsaved_files the number of unsaved file entries in \p
1269f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * unsaved_files.
1270f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
1271f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param options A bitmask of options that affects how the translation unit
1272f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * is managed but not its compilation. This should be a bitwise OR of the
1273f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * CXTranslationUnit_XXX flags.
1274f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
1275*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * \param[out] out_TU A non-NULL pointer to store the created
1276*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * \c CXTranslationUnit, describing the parsed code and containing any
1277*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * diagnostics produced by the compiler.
1278*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  *
1279*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * \returns Zero on success, otherwise returns an error code.
1280f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
1281*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXErrorCode
1282*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc clang_parseTranslationUnit2(CXIndex CIdx,
1283f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                             const char *source_filename,
1284f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                             const char *const *command_line_args,
1285f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                             int num_command_line_args,
1286f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                             struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files,
1287f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                             unsigned num_unsaved_files,
1288*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc                             unsigned options,
1289*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc                             CXTranslationUnit *out_TU);
1290f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1291f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
1292f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Flags that control how translation units are saved.
1293f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
1294f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * The enumerators in this enumeration type are meant to be bitwise
1295f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * ORed together to specify which options should be used when
1296f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * saving the translation unit.
1297f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
1298f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc enum CXSaveTranslationUnit_Flags {
1299f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
1300f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Used to indicate that no special saving options are needed.
1301f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
1302f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXSaveTranslationUnit_None = 0x0
1303f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc };
1304f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1305f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
1306f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Returns the set of flags that is suitable for saving a translation
1307f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * unit.
1308f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
1309f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * The set of flags returned provide options for
1310f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \c clang_saveTranslationUnit() by default. The returned flag
1311f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * set contains an unspecified set of options that save translation units with
1312f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * the most commonly-requested data.
1313f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
1314f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_defaultSaveOptions(CXTranslationUnit TU);
1315f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1316f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
1317f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Describes the kind of error that occurred (if any) in a call to
1318f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \c clang_saveTranslationUnit().
1319f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
1320f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc enum CXSaveError {
1321f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
1322f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Indicates that no error occurred while saving a translation unit.
1323f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
1324f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXSaveError_None = 0,
1325f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1326f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
1327f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Indicates that an unknown error occurred while attempting to save
1328f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * the file.
1329f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *
1330f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * This error typically indicates that file I/O failed when attempting to
1331f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * write the file.
1332f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
1333f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXSaveError_Unknown = 1,
1334f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1335f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
1336f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Indicates that errors during translation prevented this attempt
1337f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * to save the translation unit.
1338f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *
1339f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * Errors that prevent the translation unit from being saved can be
1340f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * extracted using \c clang_getNumDiagnostics() and \c clang_getDiagnostic().
1341f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
1342f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXSaveError_TranslationErrors = 2,
1343f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1344f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
1345f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Indicates that the translation unit to be saved was somehow
1346f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * invalid (e.g., NULL).
1347f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
1348f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXSaveError_InvalidTU = 3
1349f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc };
1350f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1351f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
1352f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Saves a translation unit into a serialized representation of
1353f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * that translation unit on disk.
1354f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
1355f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * Any translation unit that was parsed without error can be saved
1356f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * into a file. The translation unit can then be deserialized into a
1357f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * new \c CXTranslationUnit with \c clang_createTranslationUnit() or,
1358f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * if it is an incomplete translation unit that corresponds to a
1359f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * header, used as a precompiled header when parsing other translation
1360f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * units.
1361f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
1362f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param TU The translation unit to save.
1363f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
1364f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param FileName The file to which the translation unit will be saved.
1365f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
1366f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param options A bitmask of options that affects how the translation unit
1367f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * is saved. This should be a bitwise OR of the
1368f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * CXSaveTranslationUnit_XXX flags.
1369f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
1370f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \returns A value that will match one of the enumerators of the CXSaveError
1371f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * enumeration. Zero (CXSaveError_None) indicates that the translation unit was
1372f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * saved successfully, while a non-zero value indicates that a problem occurred.
1373f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
1374f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_saveTranslationUnit(CXTranslationUnit TU,
1375f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                              const char *FileName,
1376f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                              unsigned options);
1377f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1378f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
1379f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Destroy the specified CXTranslationUnit object.
1380f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
1381f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_disposeTranslationUnit(CXTranslationUnit);
1382f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1383f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
1384f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Flags that control the reparsing of translation units.
1385f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
1386f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * The enumerators in this enumeration type are meant to be bitwise
1387f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * ORed together to specify which options should be used when
1388f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * reparsing the translation unit.
1389f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
1390f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc enum CXReparse_Flags {
1391f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
1392f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Used to indicate that no special reparsing options are needed.
1393f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
1394f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXReparse_None = 0x0
1395f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc };
1396f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1397f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
1398f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Returns the set of flags that is suitable for reparsing a translation
1399f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * unit.
1400f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
1401f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * The set of flags returned provide options for
1402f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \c clang_reparseTranslationUnit() by default. The returned flag
1403f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * set contains an unspecified set of optimizations geared toward common uses
1404f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * of reparsing. The set of optimizations enabled may change from one version
1405f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * to the next.
1406f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
1407f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_defaultReparseOptions(CXTranslationUnit TU);
1408f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1409f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
1410f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Reparse the source files that produced this translation unit.
1411f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
1412f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * This routine can be used to re-parse the source files that originally
1413f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * created the given translation unit, for example because those source files
1414f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * have changed (either on disk or as passed via \p unsaved_files). The
1415f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * source code will be reparsed with the same command-line options as it
1416f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * was originally parsed.
1417f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
1418f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * Reparsing a translation unit invalidates all cursors and source locations
1419f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * that refer into that translation unit. This makes reparsing a translation
1420f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * unit semantically equivalent to destroying the translation unit and then
1421f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * creating a new translation unit with the same command-line arguments.
1422f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * However, it may be more efficient to reparse a translation
1423f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * unit using this routine.
1424f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
1425f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param TU The translation unit whose contents will be re-parsed. The
1426f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * translation unit must originally have been built with
1427f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \c clang_createTranslationUnitFromSourceFile().
1428f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
1429f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param num_unsaved_files The number of unsaved file entries in \p
1430f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * unsaved_files.
1431f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
1432f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param unsaved_files The files that have not yet been saved to disk
1433f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * but may be required for parsing, including the contents of
1434f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * those files.  The contents and name of these files (as specified by
1435f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * CXUnsavedFile) are copied when necessary, so the client only needs to
1436f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * guarantee their validity until the call to this function returns.
1437f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
1438f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param options A bitset of options composed of the flags in CXReparse_Flags.
1439f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * The function \c clang_defaultReparseOptions() produces a default set of
1440f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * options recommended for most uses, based on the translation unit.
1441f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
1442*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * \returns 0 if the sources could be reparsed.  A non-zero error code will be
1443f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * returned if reparsing was impossible, such that the translation unit is
1444*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * invalid. In such cases, the only valid call for \c TU is
1445*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * \c clang_disposeTranslationUnit(TU).  The error codes returned by this
1446*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * routine are described by the \c CXErrorCode enum.
1447f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
1448f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_reparseTranslationUnit(CXTranslationUnit TU,
1449f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                                 unsigned num_unsaved_files,
1450f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                           struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files,
1451f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                                 unsigned options);
1452f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1453f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
1454f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   * \brief Categorizes how memory is being used by a translation unit.
1455f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   */
1456f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc enum CXTUResourceUsageKind {
1457f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXTUResourceUsage_AST = 1,
1458f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXTUResourceUsage_Identifiers = 2,
1459f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXTUResourceUsage_Selectors = 3,
1460f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXTUResourceUsage_GlobalCompletionResults = 4,
1461f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManagerContentCache = 5,
1462f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXTUResourceUsage_AST_SideTables = 6,
1463f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManager_Membuffer_Malloc = 7,
1464f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManager_Membuffer_MMap = 8,
1465f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXTUResourceUsage_ExternalASTSource_Membuffer_Malloc = 9,
1466f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXTUResourceUsage_ExternalASTSource_Membuffer_MMap = 10,
1467f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXTUResourceUsage_Preprocessor = 11,
1468f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXTUResourceUsage_PreprocessingRecord = 12,
1469f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManager_DataStructures = 13,
1470f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXTUResourceUsage_Preprocessor_HeaderSearch = 14,
1471f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXTUResourceUsage_MEMORY_IN_BYTES_BEGIN = CXTUResourceUsage_AST,
1472f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXTUResourceUsage_MEMORY_IN_BYTES_END =
1473f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc     CXTUResourceUsage_Preprocessor_HeaderSearch,
1474f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1475f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXTUResourceUsage_First = CXTUResourceUsage_AST,
1476f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXTUResourceUsage_Last = CXTUResourceUsage_Preprocessor_HeaderSearch
1477f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc };
1478f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1479f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
1480f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   * \brief Returns the human-readable null-terminated C string that represents
1481f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   *  the name of the memory category.  This string should never be freed.
1482f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   */
1483f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE
1484f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc const char *clang_getTUResourceUsageName(enum CXTUResourceUsageKind kind);
1485f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1486f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc typedef struct CXTUResourceUsageEntry {
1487f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /* \brief The memory usage category. */
1488f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   enum CXTUResourceUsageKind kind;
1489f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /* \brief Amount of resources used.
1490f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc       The units will depend on the resource kind. */
1491f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   unsigned long amount;
1492f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc } CXTUResourceUsageEntry;
1493f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1494f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
1495f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   * \brief The memory usage of a CXTranslationUnit, broken into categories.
1496f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   */
1497f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc typedef struct CXTUResourceUsage {
1498f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /* \brief Private data member, used for queries. */
1499f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   void *data;
1500f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1501f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /* \brief The number of entries in the 'entries' array. */
1502f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   unsigned numEntries;
1503f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1504f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /* \brief An array of key-value pairs, representing the breakdown of memory
1505f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc             usage. */
1506f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXTUResourceUsageEntry *entries;
1507f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1508f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc } CXTUResourceUsage;
1509f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1510f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
1511f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   * \brief Return the memory usage of a translation unit.  This object
1512f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   *  should be released with clang_disposeCXTUResourceUsage().
1513f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   */
1514f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXTUResourceUsage clang_getCXTUResourceUsage(CXTranslationUnit TU);
1515f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1516f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_disposeCXTUResourceUsage(CXTUResourceUsage usage);
1517f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1518f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
1519f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * @}
1520f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
1521f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1522f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
1523f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Describes the kind of entity that a cursor refers to.
1524f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
1525f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc enum CXCursorKind {
1526f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /* Declarations */
1527f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
1528f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief A declaration whose specific kind is not exposed via this
1529f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * interface.
1530f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *
1531f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * Unexposed declarations have the same operations as any other kind
1532f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * of declaration; one can extract their location information,
1533f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * spelling, find their definitions, etc. However, the specific kind
1534f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * of the declaration is not reported.
1535f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
1536f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_UnexposedDecl                 = 1,
1537f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief A C or C++ struct. */
1538f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_StructDecl                    = 2,
1539f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief A C or C++ union. */
1540f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_UnionDecl                     = 3,
1541f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief A C++ class. */
1542f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_ClassDecl                     = 4,
1543f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief An enumeration. */
1544f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_EnumDecl                      = 5,
1545f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
1546f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief A field (in C) or non-static data member (in C++) in a
1547f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * struct, union, or C++ class.
1548f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
1549f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_FieldDecl                     = 6,
1550f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief An enumerator constant. */
1551f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_EnumConstantDecl              = 7,
1552f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief A function. */
1553f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_FunctionDecl                  = 8,
1554f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief A variable. */
1555f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_VarDecl                       = 9,
1556f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief A function or method parameter. */
1557f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_ParmDecl                      = 10,
1558f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief An Objective-C \@interface. */
1559f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_ObjCInterfaceDecl             = 11,
1560f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief An Objective-C \@interface for a category. */
1561f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_ObjCCategoryDecl              = 12,
1562f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief An Objective-C \@protocol declaration. */
1563f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_ObjCProtocolDecl              = 13,
1564f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief An Objective-C \@property declaration. */
1565f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_ObjCPropertyDecl              = 14,
1566f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief An Objective-C instance variable. */
1567f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_ObjCIvarDecl                  = 15,
1568f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief An Objective-C instance method. */
1569f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl        = 16,
1570f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief An Objective-C class method. */
1571f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_ObjCClassMethodDecl           = 17,
1572f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief An Objective-C \@implementation. */
1573f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_ObjCImplementationDecl        = 18,
1574f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief An Objective-C \@implementation for a category. */
1575f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_ObjCCategoryImplDecl          = 19,
1576f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief A typedef */
1577f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_TypedefDecl                   = 20,
1578f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief A C++ class method. */
1579f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_CXXMethod                     = 21,
1580f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief A C++ namespace. */
1581f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_Namespace                     = 22,
1582f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief A linkage specification, e.g. 'extern "C"'. */
1583f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_LinkageSpec                   = 23,
1584f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief A C++ constructor. */
1585f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_Constructor                   = 24,
1586f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief A C++ destructor. */
1587f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_Destructor                    = 25,
1588f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief A C++ conversion function. */
1589f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_ConversionFunction            = 26,
1590f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief A C++ template type parameter. */
1591f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_TemplateTypeParameter         = 27,
1592f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief A C++ non-type template parameter. */
1593f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_NonTypeTemplateParameter      = 28,
1594f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief A C++ template template parameter. */
1595f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_TemplateTemplateParameter     = 29,
1596f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief A C++ function template. */
1597f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_FunctionTemplate              = 30,
1598f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief A C++ class template. */
1599f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_ClassTemplate                 = 31,
1600f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief A C++ class template partial specialization. */
1601f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_ClassTemplatePartialSpecialization = 32,
1602f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief A C++ namespace alias declaration. */
1603f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_NamespaceAlias                = 33,
1604f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief A C++ using directive. */
1605f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_UsingDirective                = 34,
1606f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief A C++ using declaration. */
1607f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_UsingDeclaration              = 35,
1608f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief A C++ alias declaration */
1609f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_TypeAliasDecl                 = 36,
1610f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief An Objective-C \@synthesize definition. */
1611f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_ObjCSynthesizeDecl            = 37,
1612f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief An Objective-C \@dynamic definition. */
1613f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_ObjCDynamicDecl               = 38,
1614f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief An access specifier. */
1615f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_CXXAccessSpecifier            = 39,
1616f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1617f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_FirstDecl                     = CXCursor_UnexposedDecl,
1618f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_LastDecl                      = CXCursor_CXXAccessSpecifier,
1619f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1620f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /* References */
1621f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_FirstRef                      = 40, /* Decl references */
1622f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_ObjCSuperClassRef             = 40,
1623f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_ObjCProtocolRef               = 41,
1624f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_ObjCClassRef                  = 42,
1625f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
1626f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief A reference to a type declaration.
1627f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *
1628f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * A type reference occurs anywhere where a type is named but not
1629f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * declared. For example, given:
1630f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *
1631f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \code
1632f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * typedef unsigned size_type;
1633f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * size_type size;
1634f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \endcode
1635f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *
1636f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * The typedef is a declaration of size_type (CXCursor_TypedefDecl),
1637f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * while the type of the variable "size" is referenced. The cursor
1638f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * referenced by the type of size is the typedef for size_type.
1639f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
1640f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_TypeRef                       = 43,
1641f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_CXXBaseSpecifier              = 44,
1642f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
1643f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief A reference to a class template, function template, template
1644f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * template parameter, or class template partial specialization.
1645f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
1646f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_TemplateRef                   = 45,
1647f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
1648f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief A reference to a namespace or namespace alias.
1649f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
1650f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_NamespaceRef                  = 46,
1651f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
1652f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief A reference to a member of a struct, union, or class that occurs in
1653f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * some non-expression context, e.g., a designated initializer.
1654f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
1655f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_MemberRef                     = 47,
1656f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
1657f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief A reference to a labeled statement.
1658f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *
1659f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * This cursor kind is used to describe the jump to "start_over" in the
1660f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * goto statement in the following example:
1661f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *
1662f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \code
1663f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *   start_over:
1664f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *     ++counter;
1665f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *
1666f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *     goto start_over;
1667f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \endcode
1668f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *
1669f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * A label reference cursor refers to a label statement.
1670f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
1671f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_LabelRef                      = 48,
1672f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1673f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
1674f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief A reference to a set of overloaded functions or function templates
1675f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * that has not yet been resolved to a specific function or function template.
1676f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *
1677f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * An overloaded declaration reference cursor occurs in C++ templates where
1678f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * a dependent name refers to a function. For example:
1679f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *
1680f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \code
1681f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * template<typename T> void swap(T&, T&);
1682f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *
1683f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * struct X { ... };
1684f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * void swap(X&, X&);
1685f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *
1686f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * template<typename T>
1687f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * void reverse(T* first, T* last) {
1688f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *   while (first < last - 1) {
1689f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *     swap(*first, *--last);
1690f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *     ++first;
1691f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *   }
1692f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * }
1693f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *
1694f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * struct Y { };
1695f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * void swap(Y&, Y&);
1696f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \endcode
1697f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *
1698f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * Here, the identifier "swap" is associated with an overloaded declaration
1699f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * reference. In the template definition, "swap" refers to either of the two
1700f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * "swap" functions declared above, so both results will be available. At
1701f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * instantiation time, "swap" may also refer to other functions found via
1702f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * argument-dependent lookup (e.g., the "swap" function at the end of the
1703f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * example).
1704f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *
1705f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * The functions \c clang_getNumOverloadedDecls() and
1706f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \c clang_getOverloadedDecl() can be used to retrieve the definitions
1707f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * referenced by this cursor.
1708f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
1709f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef             = 49,
1710f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1711f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
1712f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief A reference to a variable that occurs in some non-expression
1713f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * context, e.g., a C++ lambda capture list.
1714f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
1715f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_VariableRef                   = 50,
1716f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1717f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_LastRef                       = CXCursor_VariableRef,
1718f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1719f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /* Error conditions */
1720f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_FirstInvalid                  = 70,
1721f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_InvalidFile                   = 70,
1722f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_NoDeclFound                   = 71,
1723f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_NotImplemented                = 72,
1724f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_InvalidCode                   = 73,
1725f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_LastInvalid                   = CXCursor_InvalidCode,
1726f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1727f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /* Expressions */
1728f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_FirstExpr                     = 100,
1729f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1730f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
1731f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief An expression whose specific kind is not exposed via this
1732f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * interface.
1733f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *
1734f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * Unexposed expressions have the same operations as any other kind
1735f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * of expression; one can extract their location information,
1736f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * spelling, children, etc. However, the specific kind of the
1737f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * expression is not reported.
1738f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
1739f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_UnexposedExpr                 = 100,
1740f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1741f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
1742f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief An expression that refers to some value declaration, such
1743*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc    * as a function, variable, or enumerator.
1744f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
1745f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_DeclRefExpr                   = 101,
1746f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1747f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
1748f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief An expression that refers to a member of a struct, union,
1749f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * class, Objective-C class, etc.
1750f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
1751f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_MemberRefExpr                 = 102,
1752f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1753f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief An expression that calls a function. */
1754f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_CallExpr                      = 103,
1755f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1756f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief An expression that sends a message to an Objective-C
1757f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    object or class. */
1758f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_ObjCMessageExpr               = 104,
1759f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1760f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief An expression that represents a block literal. */
1761f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_BlockExpr                     = 105,
1762f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1763f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief An integer literal.
1764f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
1765f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_IntegerLiteral                = 106,
1766f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1767f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief A floating point number literal.
1768f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
1769f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_FloatingLiteral               = 107,
1770f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1771f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief An imaginary number literal.
1772f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
1773f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_ImaginaryLiteral              = 108,
1774f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1775f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief A string literal.
1776f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
1777f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_StringLiteral                 = 109,
1778f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1779f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief A character literal.
1780f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
1781f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_CharacterLiteral              = 110,
1782f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1783f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief A parenthesized expression, e.g. "(1)".
1784f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *
1785f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * This AST node is only formed if full location information is requested.
1786f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
1787f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_ParenExpr                     = 111,
1788f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1789f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief This represents the unary-expression's (except sizeof and
1790f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * alignof).
1791f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
1792f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_UnaryOperator                 = 112,
1793f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1794f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief [C99 6.5.2.1] Array Subscripting.
1795f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
1796f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_ArraySubscriptExpr            = 113,
1797f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1798f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief A builtin binary operation expression such as "x + y" or
1799f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * "x <= y".
1800f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
1801f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_BinaryOperator                = 114,
1802f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1803f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief Compound assignment such as "+=".
1804f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
1805f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_CompoundAssignOperator        = 115,
1806f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1807f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief The ?: ternary operator.
1808f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
1809f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_ConditionalOperator           = 116,
1810f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1811f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief An explicit cast in C (C99 6.5.4) or a C-style cast in C++
1812f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * (C++ [expr.cast]), which uses the syntax (Type)expr.
1813f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *
1814f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * For example: (int)f.
1815f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
1816f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_CStyleCastExpr                = 117,
1817f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1818f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief [C99 6.5.2.5]
1819f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
1820f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_CompoundLiteralExpr           = 118,
1821f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1822f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief Describes an C or C++ initializer list.
1823f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
1824f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_InitListExpr                  = 119,
1825f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1826f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief The GNU address of label extension, representing &&label.
1827f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
1828f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_AddrLabelExpr                 = 120,
1829f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1830f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief This is the GNU Statement Expression extension: ({int X=4; X;})
1831f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
1832f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_StmtExpr                      = 121,
1833f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1834f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief Represents a C11 generic selection.
1835f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
1836f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_GenericSelectionExpr          = 122,
1837f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1838f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief Implements the GNU __null extension, which is a name for a null
1839f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * pointer constant that has integral type (e.g., int or long) and is the same
1840f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * size and alignment as a pointer.
1841f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *
1842f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * The __null extension is typically only used by system headers, which define
1843f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * NULL as __null in C++ rather than using 0 (which is an integer that may not
1844f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * match the size of a pointer).
1845f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
1846f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_GNUNullExpr                   = 123,
1847f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1848f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief C++'s static_cast<> expression.
1849f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
1850f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_CXXStaticCastExpr             = 124,
1851f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1852f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief C++'s dynamic_cast<> expression.
1853f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
1854f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_CXXDynamicCastExpr            = 125,
1855f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1856f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief C++'s reinterpret_cast<> expression.
1857f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
1858f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_CXXReinterpretCastExpr        = 126,
1859f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1860f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief C++'s const_cast<> expression.
1861f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
1862f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_CXXConstCastExpr              = 127,
1863f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1864f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief Represents an explicit C++ type conversion that uses "functional"
1865f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * notion (C++ [expr.type.conv]).
1866f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *
1867f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * Example:
1868f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \code
1869f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *   x = int(0.5);
1870f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \endcode
1871f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
1872f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_CXXFunctionalCastExpr         = 128,
1873f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1874f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief A C++ typeid expression (C++ [expr.typeid]).
1875f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
1876f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_CXXTypeidExpr                 = 129,
1877f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1878f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief [C++ 2.13.5] C++ Boolean Literal.
1879f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
1880f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_CXXBoolLiteralExpr            = 130,
1881f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1882f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief [C++0x 2.14.7] C++ Pointer Literal.
1883f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
1884f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr         = 131,
1885f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1886f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief Represents the "this" expression in C++
1887f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
1888f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_CXXThisExpr                   = 132,
1889f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1890f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief [C++ 15] C++ Throw Expression.
1891f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *
1892f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * This handles 'throw' and 'throw' assignment-expression. When
1893f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * assignment-expression isn't present, Op will be null.
1894f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
1895f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_CXXThrowExpr                  = 133,
1896f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1897f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief A new expression for memory allocation and constructor calls, e.g:
1898f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * "new CXXNewExpr(foo)".
1899f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
1900f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_CXXNewExpr                    = 134,
1901f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1902f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief A delete expression for memory deallocation and destructor calls,
1903f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * e.g. "delete[] pArray".
1904f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
1905f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_CXXDeleteExpr                 = 135,
1906f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1907f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief A unary expression.
1908f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
1909f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_UnaryExpr                     = 136,
1910f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1911f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief An Objective-C string literal i.e. @"foo".
1912f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
1913f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_ObjCStringLiteral             = 137,
1914f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1915f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief An Objective-C \@encode expression.
1916f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
1917f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_ObjCEncodeExpr                = 138,
1918f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1919f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief An Objective-C \@selector expression.
1920f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
1921f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_ObjCSelectorExpr              = 139,
1922f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1923f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief An Objective-C \@protocol expression.
1924f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
1925f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_ObjCProtocolExpr              = 140,
1926f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1927f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief An Objective-C "bridged" cast expression, which casts between
1928f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * Objective-C pointers and C pointers, transferring ownership in the process.
1929f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *
1930f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \code
1931f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *   NSString *str = (__bridge_transfer NSString *)CFCreateString();
1932f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \endcode
1933f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
1934f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_ObjCBridgedCastExpr           = 141,
1935f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1936f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief Represents a C++0x pack expansion that produces a sequence of
1937f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * expressions.
1938f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *
1939f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * A pack expansion expression contains a pattern (which itself is an
1940f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * expression) followed by an ellipsis. For example:
1941f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *
1942f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \code
1943f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * template<typename F, typename ...Types>
1944f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * void forward(F f, Types &&...args) {
1945f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *  f(static_cast<Types&&>(args)...);
1946f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * }
1947f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \endcode
1948f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
1949f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_PackExpansionExpr             = 142,
1950f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1951f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief Represents an expression that computes the length of a parameter
1952f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * pack.
1953f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *
1954f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \code
1955f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * template<typename ...Types>
1956f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * struct count {
1957f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *   static const unsigned value = sizeof...(Types);
1958f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * };
1959f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \endcode
1960f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
1961f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_SizeOfPackExpr                = 143,
1962f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1963f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /* \brief Represents a C++ lambda expression that produces a local function
1964f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * object.
1965f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *
1966f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \code
1967f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * void abssort(float *x, unsigned N) {
1968f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *   std::sort(x, x + N,
1969f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *             [](float a, float b) {
1970f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *               return std::abs(a) < std::abs(b);
1971f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *             });
1972f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * }
1973f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \endcode
1974f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
1975f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_LambdaExpr                    = 144,
1976f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1977f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief Objective-c Boolean Literal.
1978f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
1979f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_ObjCBoolLiteralExpr           = 145,
1980f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1981*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief Represents the "self" expression in an Objective-C method.
1982f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
1983f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_ObjCSelfExpr                  = 146,
1984f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1985f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_LastExpr                      = CXCursor_ObjCSelfExpr,
1986f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
1987f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /* Statements */
1988f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_FirstStmt                     = 200,
1989f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
1990f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief A statement whose specific kind is not exposed via this
1991f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * interface.
1992f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *
1993f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * Unexposed statements have the same operations as any other kind of
1994f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * statement; one can extract their location information, spelling,
1995f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * children, etc. However, the specific kind of the statement is not
1996f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * reported.
1997f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
1998f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_UnexposedStmt                 = 200,
1999f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2000f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief A labelled statement in a function.
2001f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *
2002f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * This cursor kind is used to describe the "start_over:" label statement in
2003f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * the following example:
2004f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *
2005f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \code
2006f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *   start_over:
2007f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *     ++counter;
2008f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \endcode
2009f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *
2010f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
2011f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_LabelStmt                     = 201,
2012f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2013f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief A group of statements like { stmt stmt }.
2014f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *
2015f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * This cursor kind is used to describe compound statements, e.g. function
2016f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * bodies.
2017f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
2018f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_CompoundStmt                  = 202,
2019f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2020f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief A case statement.
2021f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
2022f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_CaseStmt                      = 203,
2023f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2024f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief A default statement.
2025f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
2026f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_DefaultStmt                   = 204,
2027f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2028f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief An if statement
2029f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
2030f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_IfStmt                        = 205,
2031f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2032f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief A switch statement.
2033f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
2034f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_SwitchStmt                    = 206,
2035f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2036f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief A while statement.
2037f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
2038f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_WhileStmt                     = 207,
2039f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2040f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief A do statement.
2041f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
2042f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_DoStmt                        = 208,
2043f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2044f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief A for statement.
2045f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
2046f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_ForStmt                       = 209,
2047f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2048f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief A goto statement.
2049f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
2050f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_GotoStmt                      = 210,
2051f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2052f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief An indirect goto statement.
2053f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
2054f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_IndirectGotoStmt              = 211,
2055f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2056f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief A continue statement.
2057f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
2058f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_ContinueStmt                  = 212,
2059f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2060f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief A break statement.
2061f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
2062f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_BreakStmt                     = 213,
2063f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2064f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief A return statement.
2065f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
2066f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_ReturnStmt                    = 214,
2067f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2068f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief A GCC inline assembly statement extension.
2069f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
2070f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_GCCAsmStmt                    = 215,
2071f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_AsmStmt                       = CXCursor_GCCAsmStmt,
2072f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2073f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief Objective-C's overall \@try-\@catch-\@finally statement.
2074f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
2075f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_ObjCAtTryStmt                 = 216,
2076f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2077f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief Objective-C's \@catch statement.
2078f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
2079f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_ObjCAtCatchStmt               = 217,
2080f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2081f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief Objective-C's \@finally statement.
2082f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
2083f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_ObjCAtFinallyStmt             = 218,
2084f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2085f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief Objective-C's \@throw statement.
2086f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
2087f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_ObjCAtThrowStmt               = 219,
2088f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2089f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief Objective-C's \@synchronized statement.
2090f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
2091f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_ObjCAtSynchronizedStmt        = 220,
2092f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2093f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief Objective-C's autorelease pool statement.
2094f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
2095f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_ObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt       = 221,
2096f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2097f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief Objective-C's collection statement.
2098f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
2099f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_ObjCForCollectionStmt         = 222,
2100f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2101f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief C++'s catch statement.
2102f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
2103f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_CXXCatchStmt                  = 223,
2104f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2105f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief C++'s try statement.
2106f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
2107f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_CXXTryStmt                    = 224,
2108f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2109f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief C++'s for (* : *) statement.
2110f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
2111f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_CXXForRangeStmt               = 225,
2112f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2113f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief Windows Structured Exception Handling's try statement.
2114f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
2115f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_SEHTryStmt                    = 226,
2116f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2117f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief Windows Structured Exception Handling's except statement.
2118f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
2119f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_SEHExceptStmt                 = 227,
2120f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2121f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief Windows Structured Exception Handling's finally statement.
2122f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
2123f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_SEHFinallyStmt                = 228,
2124f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2125f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief A MS inline assembly statement extension.
2126f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
2127f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_MSAsmStmt                     = 229,
2128f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2129*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief The null statement ";": C99 6.8.3p3.
2130f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *
2131f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * This cursor kind is used to describe the null statement.
2132f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
2133f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_NullStmt                      = 230,
2134f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2135f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief Adaptor class for mixing declarations with statements and
2136f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * expressions.
2137f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
2138f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_DeclStmt                      = 231,
2139f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2140f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief OpenMP parallel directive.
2141f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
2142f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_OMPParallelDirective          = 232,
2143f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2144*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief OpenMP SIMD directive.
2145*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc    */
2146*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_OMPSimdDirective              = 233,
2147*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc 
2148*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief OpenMP for directive.
2149*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc    */
2150*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_OMPForDirective               = 234,
2151*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc 
2152*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief OpenMP sections directive.
2153*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc    */
2154*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_OMPSectionsDirective          = 235,
2155*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc 
2156*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief OpenMP section directive.
2157*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc    */
2158*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_OMPSectionDirective           = 236,
2159*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc 
2160*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief OpenMP single directive.
2161*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc    */
2162*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_OMPSingleDirective            = 237,
2163*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc 
2164*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief OpenMP parallel for directive.
2165*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc    */
2166*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_OMPParallelForDirective       = 238,
2167*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc 
2168*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief OpenMP parallel sections directive.
2169*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc    */
2170*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_OMPParallelSectionsDirective  = 239,
2171*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc 
2172*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief OpenMP task directive.
2173*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc    */
2174*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_OMPTaskDirective              = 240,
2175*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc 
2176*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief OpenMP master directive.
2177*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc    */
2178*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_OMPMasterDirective            = 241,
2179*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc 
2180*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief OpenMP critical directive.
2181*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc    */
2182*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_OMPCriticalDirective          = 242,
2183*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc 
2184*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief OpenMP taskyield directive.
2185*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc    */
2186*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_OMPTaskyieldDirective         = 243,
2187*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc 
2188*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief OpenMP barrier directive.
2189*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc    */
2190*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_OMPBarrierDirective           = 244,
2191*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc 
2192*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief OpenMP taskwait directive.
2193*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc    */
2194*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_OMPTaskwaitDirective          = 245,
2195*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc 
2196*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief OpenMP flush directive.
2197*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc    */
2198*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_OMPFlushDirective             = 246,
2199*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc 
2200*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief Windows Structured Exception Handling's leave statement.
2201*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc    */
2202*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_SEHLeaveStmt                  = 247,
2203*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc 
2204*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief OpenMP ordered directive.
2205*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc    */
2206*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_OMPOrderedDirective           = 248,
2207*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc 
2208*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief OpenMP atomic directive.
2209*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc    */
2210*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_OMPAtomicDirective            = 249,
2211*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc 
2212*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief OpenMP for SIMD directive.
2213*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc    */
2214*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_OMPForSimdDirective           = 250,
2215*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc 
2216*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief OpenMP parallel for SIMD directive.
2217*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc    */
2218*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_OMPParallelForSimdDirective   = 251,
2219*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc 
2220*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief OpenMP target directive.
2221*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc    */
2222*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_OMPTargetDirective            = 252,
2223*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc 
2224*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief OpenMP teams directive.
2225*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc    */
2226*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_OMPTeamsDirective             = 253,
2227*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc 
2228*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_LastStmt                      = CXCursor_OMPTeamsDirective,
2229f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2230f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
2231f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Cursor that represents the translation unit itself.
2232f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *
2233f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * The translation unit cursor exists primarily to act as the root
2234f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * cursor for traversing the contents of a translation unit.
2235f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
2236f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_TranslationUnit               = 300,
2237f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2238f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /* Attributes */
2239f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_FirstAttr                     = 400,
2240f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
2241f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief An attribute whose specific kind is not exposed via this
2242f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * interface.
2243f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
2244f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_UnexposedAttr                 = 400,
2245f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2246f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_IBActionAttr                  = 401,
2247f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_IBOutletAttr                  = 402,
2248f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_IBOutletCollectionAttr        = 403,
2249f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_CXXFinalAttr                  = 404,
2250f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_CXXOverrideAttr               = 405,
2251f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_AnnotateAttr                  = 406,
2252f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_AsmLabelAttr                  = 407,
2253f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_PackedAttr                    = 408,
2254*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_PureAttr                      = 409,
2255*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_ConstAttr                     = 410,
2256*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_NoDuplicateAttr               = 411,
2257*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_CUDAConstantAttr              = 412,
2258*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_CUDADeviceAttr                = 413,
2259*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_CUDAGlobalAttr                = 414,
2260*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_CUDAHostAttr                  = 415,
2261*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_CUDASharedAttr                = 416,
2262*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_LastAttr                      = CXCursor_CUDASharedAttr,
2263f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2264f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /* Preprocessing */
2265f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_PreprocessingDirective        = 500,
2266f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_MacroDefinition               = 501,
2267f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_MacroExpansion                = 502,
2268f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_MacroInstantiation            = CXCursor_MacroExpansion,
2269f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_InclusionDirective            = 503,
2270f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_FirstPreprocessing            = CXCursor_PreprocessingDirective,
2271f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_LastPreprocessing             = CXCursor_InclusionDirective,
2272f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2273f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /* Extra Declarations */
2274f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
2275f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief A module import declaration.
2276f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
2277f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_ModuleImportDecl              = 600,
2278f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_FirstExtraDecl                = CXCursor_ModuleImportDecl,
2279f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor_LastExtraDecl                 = CXCursor_ModuleImportDecl
2280f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc };
2281f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2282f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
2283f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief A cursor representing some element in the abstract syntax tree for
2284f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * a translation unit.
2285f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
2286f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * The cursor abstraction unifies the different kinds of entities in a
2287f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * program--declaration, statements, expressions, references to declarations,
2288f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * etc.--under a single "cursor" abstraction with a common set of operations.
2289f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * Common operation for a cursor include: getting the physical location in
2290f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * a source file where the cursor points, getting the name associated with a
2291f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * cursor, and retrieving cursors for any child nodes of a particular cursor.
2292f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
2293f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * Cursors can be produced in two specific ways.
2294f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * clang_getTranslationUnitCursor() produces a cursor for a translation unit,
2295f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * from which one can use clang_visitChildren() to explore the rest of the
2296f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * translation unit. clang_getCursor() maps from a physical source location
2297f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * to the entity that resides at that location, allowing one to map from the
2298f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * source code into the AST.
2299f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
2300f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc typedef struct {
2301f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   enum CXCursorKind kind;
2302f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   int xdata;
2303f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   const void *data[3];
2304f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc } CXCursor;
2305f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2306f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
2307f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \defgroup CINDEX_CURSOR_MANIP Cursor manipulations
2308f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
2309f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * @{
2310f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
2311f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2312f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
2313f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieve the NULL cursor, which represents no entity.
2314f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
2315f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getNullCursor(void);
2316f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2317f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
2318f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieve the cursor that represents the given translation unit.
2319f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
2320f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * The translation unit cursor can be used to start traversing the
2321f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * various declarations within the given translation unit.
2322f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
2323f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getTranslationUnitCursor(CXTranslationUnit);
2324f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2325f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
2326f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Determine whether two cursors are equivalent.
2327f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
2328f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_equalCursors(CXCursor, CXCursor);
2329f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2330f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
2331f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Returns non-zero if \p cursor is null.
2332f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
2333f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_Cursor_isNull(CXCursor cursor);
2334f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2335f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
2336f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Compute a hash value for the given cursor.
2337f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
2338f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_hashCursor(CXCursor);
2339f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2340f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
2341f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieve the kind of the given cursor.
2342f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
2343f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXCursorKind clang_getCursorKind(CXCursor);
2344f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2345f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
2346f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Determine whether the given cursor kind represents a declaration.
2347f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
2348f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isDeclaration(enum CXCursorKind);
2349f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2350f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
2351f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Determine whether the given cursor kind represents a simple
2352f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * reference.
2353f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
2354f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * Note that other kinds of cursors (such as expressions) can also refer to
2355f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * other cursors. Use clang_getCursorReferenced() to determine whether a
2356f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * particular cursor refers to another entity.
2357f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
2358f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isReference(enum CXCursorKind);
2359f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2360f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
2361f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Determine whether the given cursor kind represents an expression.
2362f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
2363f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isExpression(enum CXCursorKind);
2364f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2365f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
2366f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Determine whether the given cursor kind represents a statement.
2367f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
2368f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isStatement(enum CXCursorKind);
2369f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2370f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
2371f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Determine whether the given cursor kind represents an attribute.
2372f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
2373f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isAttribute(enum CXCursorKind);
2374f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2375f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
2376f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Determine whether the given cursor kind represents an invalid
2377f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * cursor.
2378f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
2379f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isInvalid(enum CXCursorKind);
2380f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2381f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
2382f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Determine whether the given cursor kind represents a translation
2383f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * unit.
2384f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
2385f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isTranslationUnit(enum CXCursorKind);
2386f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2387f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /***
2388f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Determine whether the given cursor represents a preprocessing
2389f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * element, such as a preprocessor directive or macro instantiation.
2390f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
2391f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isPreprocessing(enum CXCursorKind);
2392f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2393f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /***
2394f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Determine whether the given cursor represents a currently
2395f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *  unexposed piece of the AST (e.g., CXCursor_UnexposedStmt).
2396f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
2397f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isUnexposed(enum CXCursorKind);
2398f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2399f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
2400f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Describe the linkage of the entity referred to by a cursor.
2401f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
2402f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc enum CXLinkageKind {
2403f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief This value indicates that no linkage information is available
2404f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * for a provided CXCursor. */
2405f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXLinkage_Invalid,
2406f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
2407f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief This is the linkage for variables, parameters, and so on that
2408f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *  have automatic storage.  This covers normal (non-extern) local variables.
2409f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
2410f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXLinkage_NoLinkage,
2411f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief This is the linkage for static variables and static functions. */
2412f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXLinkage_Internal,
2413f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief This is the linkage for entities with external linkage that live
2414f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * in C++ anonymous namespaces.*/
2415f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXLinkage_UniqueExternal,
2416f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief This is the linkage for entities with true, external linkage. */
2417f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXLinkage_External
2418f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc };
2419f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2420f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
2421f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Determine the linkage of the entity referred to by a given cursor.
2422f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
2423f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXLinkageKind clang_getCursorLinkage(CXCursor cursor);
2424f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2425f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
2426f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Determine the availability of the entity that this cursor refers to,
2427f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * taking the current target platform into account.
2428f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
2429f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param cursor The cursor to query.
2430f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
2431f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \returns The availability of the cursor.
2432f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
2433f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXAvailabilityKind
2434f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc clang_getCursorAvailability(CXCursor cursor);
2435f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2436f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
2437f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * Describes the availability of a given entity on a particular platform, e.g.,
2438f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * a particular class might only be available on Mac OS 10.7 or newer.
2439f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
2440f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc typedef struct CXPlatformAvailability {
2441f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
2442f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief A string that describes the platform for which this structure
2443f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * provides availability information.
2444f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *
2445f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * Possible values are "ios" or "macosx".
2446f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
2447f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXString Platform;
2448f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
2449f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief The version number in which this entity was introduced.
2450f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
2451f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXVersion Introduced;
2452f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
2453f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief The version number in which this entity was deprecated (but is
2454f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * still available).
2455f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
2456f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXVersion Deprecated;
2457f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
2458f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief The version number in which this entity was obsoleted, and therefore
2459f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * is no longer available.
2460f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
2461f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXVersion Obsoleted;
2462f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
2463f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Whether the entity is unconditionally unavailable on this platform.
2464f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
2465f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   int Unavailable;
2466f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
2467f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief An optional message to provide to a user of this API, e.g., to
2468f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * suggest replacement APIs.
2469f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
2470f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXString Message;
2471f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc } CXPlatformAvailability;
2472f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2473f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
2474f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Determine the availability of the entity that this cursor refers to
2475f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * on any platforms for which availability information is known.
2476f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
2477f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param cursor The cursor to query.
2478f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
2479f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param always_deprecated If non-NULL, will be set to indicate whether the
2480f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * entity is deprecated on all platforms.
2481f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
2482f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param deprecated_message If non-NULL, will be set to the message text
2483f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * provided along with the unconditional deprecation of this entity. The client
2484f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * is responsible for deallocating this string.
2485f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
2486f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param always_unavailable If non-NULL, will be set to indicate whether the
2487f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * entity is unavailable on all platforms.
2488f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
2489f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param unavailable_message If non-NULL, will be set to the message text
2490f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * provided along with the unconditional unavailability of this entity. The
2491f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * client is responsible for deallocating this string.
2492f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
2493f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param availability If non-NULL, an array of CXPlatformAvailability instances
2494f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * that will be populated with platform availability information, up to either
2495f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * the number of platforms for which availability information is available (as
2496f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * returned by this function) or \c availability_size, whichever is smaller.
2497f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
2498f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param availability_size The number of elements available in the
2499f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \c availability array.
2500f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
2501f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \returns The number of platforms (N) for which availability information is
2502f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * available (which is unrelated to \c availability_size).
2503f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
2504f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * Note that the client is responsible for calling
2505f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \c clang_disposeCXPlatformAvailability to free each of the
2506f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * platform-availability structures returned. There are
2507f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \c min(N, availability_size) such structures.
2508f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
2509f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE int
2510f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc clang_getCursorPlatformAvailability(CXCursor cursor,
2511f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                     int *always_deprecated,
2512f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                     CXString *deprecated_message,
2513f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                     int *always_unavailable,
2514f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                     CXString *unavailable_message,
2515f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                     CXPlatformAvailability *availability,
2516f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                     int availability_size);
2517f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2518f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
2519f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Free the memory associated with a \c CXPlatformAvailability structure.
2520f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
2521f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE void
2522f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc clang_disposeCXPlatformAvailability(CXPlatformAvailability *availability);
2523f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2524f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
2525f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Describe the "language" of the entity referred to by a cursor.
2526f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
2527*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc enum CXLanguageKind {
2528f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXLanguage_Invalid = 0,
2529f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXLanguage_C,
2530f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXLanguage_ObjC,
2531f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXLanguage_CPlusPlus
2532f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc };
2533f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2534f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
2535f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Determine the "language" of the entity referred to by a given cursor.
2536f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
2537f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXLanguageKind clang_getCursorLanguage(CXCursor cursor);
2538f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2539f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
2540f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Returns the translation unit that a cursor originated from.
2541f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
2542f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXTranslationUnit clang_Cursor_getTranslationUnit(CXCursor);
2543f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2544f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2545f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
2546f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief A fast container representing a set of CXCursors.
2547f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
2548f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc typedef struct CXCursorSetImpl *CXCursorSet;
2549f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2550f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
2551f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Creates an empty CXCursorSet.
2552f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
2553f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursorSet clang_createCXCursorSet(void);
2554f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2555f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
2556f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Disposes a CXCursorSet and releases its associated memory.
2557f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
2558f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_disposeCXCursorSet(CXCursorSet cset);
2559f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2560f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
2561f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Queries a CXCursorSet to see if it contains a specific CXCursor.
2562f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
2563f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \returns non-zero if the set contains the specified cursor.
2564f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc */
2565f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXCursorSet_contains(CXCursorSet cset,
2566f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                                    CXCursor cursor);
2567f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2568f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
2569f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Inserts a CXCursor into a CXCursorSet.
2570f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
2571f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \returns zero if the CXCursor was already in the set, and non-zero otherwise.
2572f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc */
2573f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXCursorSet_insert(CXCursorSet cset,
2574f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                                  CXCursor cursor);
2575f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2576f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
2577f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Determine the semantic parent of the given cursor.
2578f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
2579f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * The semantic parent of a cursor is the cursor that semantically contains
2580f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * the given \p cursor. For many declarations, the lexical and semantic parents
2581f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * are equivalent (the lexical parent is returned by
2582f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \c clang_getCursorLexicalParent()). They diverge when declarations or
2583f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * definitions are provided out-of-line. For example:
2584f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
2585f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \code
2586f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * class C {
2587f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *  void f();
2588f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * };
2589f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
2590f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * void C::f() { }
2591f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \endcode
2592f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
2593*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * In the out-of-line definition of \c C::f, the semantic parent is
2594f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * the class \c C, of which this function is a member. The lexical parent is
2595f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * the place where the declaration actually occurs in the source code; in this
2596f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * case, the definition occurs in the translation unit. In general, the
2597f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * lexical parent for a given entity can change without affecting the semantics
2598f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * of the program, and the lexical parent of different declarations of the
2599f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * same entity may be different. Changing the semantic parent of a declaration,
2600f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * on the other hand, can have a major impact on semantics, and redeclarations
2601f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * of a particular entity should all have the same semantic context.
2602f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
2603f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * In the example above, both declarations of \c C::f have \c C as their
2604f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * semantic context, while the lexical context of the first \c C::f is \c C
2605f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * and the lexical context of the second \c C::f is the translation unit.
2606f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
2607f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * For global declarations, the semantic parent is the translation unit.
2608f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
2609f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getCursorSemanticParent(CXCursor cursor);
2610f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2611f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
2612f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Determine the lexical parent of the given cursor.
2613f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
2614f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * The lexical parent of a cursor is the cursor in which the given \p cursor
2615f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * was actually written. For many declarations, the lexical and semantic parents
2616f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * are equivalent (the semantic parent is returned by
2617f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \c clang_getCursorSemanticParent()). They diverge when declarations or
2618f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * definitions are provided out-of-line. For example:
2619f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
2620f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \code
2621f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * class C {
2622f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *  void f();
2623f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * };
2624f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
2625f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * void C::f() { }
2626f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \endcode
2627f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
2628*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * In the out-of-line definition of \c C::f, the semantic parent is
2629f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * the class \c C, of which this function is a member. The lexical parent is
2630f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * the place where the declaration actually occurs in the source code; in this
2631f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * case, the definition occurs in the translation unit. In general, the
2632f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * lexical parent for a given entity can change without affecting the semantics
2633f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * of the program, and the lexical parent of different declarations of the
2634f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * same entity may be different. Changing the semantic parent of a declaration,
2635f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * on the other hand, can have a major impact on semantics, and redeclarations
2636f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * of a particular entity should all have the same semantic context.
2637f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
2638f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * In the example above, both declarations of \c C::f have \c C as their
2639f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * semantic context, while the lexical context of the first \c C::f is \c C
2640f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * and the lexical context of the second \c C::f is the translation unit.
2641f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
2642f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * For declarations written in the global scope, the lexical parent is
2643f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * the translation unit.
2644f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
2645f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getCursorLexicalParent(CXCursor cursor);
2646f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2647f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
2648f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Determine the set of methods that are overridden by the given
2649f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * method.
2650f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
2651f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * In both Objective-C and C++, a method (aka virtual member function,
2652f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * in C++) can override a virtual method in a base class. For
2653f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * Objective-C, a method is said to override any method in the class's
2654f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * base class, its protocols, or its categories' protocols, that has the same
2655f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * selector and is of the same kind (class or instance).
2656f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * If no such method exists, the search continues to the class's superclass,
2657f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * its protocols, and its categories, and so on. A method from an Objective-C
2658f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * implementation is considered to override the same methods as its
2659f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * corresponding method in the interface.
2660f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
2661f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * For C++, a virtual member function overrides any virtual member
2662f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * function with the same signature that occurs in its base
2663f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * classes. With multiple inheritance, a virtual member function can
2664f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * override several virtual member functions coming from different
2665f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * base classes.
2666f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
2667f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * In all cases, this function determines the immediate overridden
2668f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * method, rather than all of the overridden methods. For example, if
2669f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * a method is originally declared in a class A, then overridden in B
2670f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * (which in inherits from A) and also in C (which inherited from B),
2671f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * then the only overridden method returned from this function when
2672f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * invoked on C's method will be B's method. The client may then
2673f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * invoke this function again, given the previously-found overridden
2674f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * methods, to map out the complete method-override set.
2675f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
2676f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param cursor A cursor representing an Objective-C or C++
2677f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * method. This routine will compute the set of methods that this
2678f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * method overrides.
2679f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
2680f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param overridden A pointer whose pointee will be replaced with a
2681f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * pointer to an array of cursors, representing the set of overridden
2682f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * methods. If there are no overridden methods, the pointee will be
2683f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * set to NULL. The pointee must be freed via a call to
2684f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \c clang_disposeOverriddenCursors().
2685f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
2686f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param num_overridden A pointer to the number of overridden
2687f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * functions, will be set to the number of overridden functions in the
2688f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * array pointed to by \p overridden.
2689f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
2690f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_getOverriddenCursors(CXCursor cursor,
2691f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                                CXCursor **overridden,
2692f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                                unsigned *num_overridden);
2693f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2694f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
2695f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Free the set of overridden cursors returned by \c
2696f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * clang_getOverriddenCursors().
2697f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
2698f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_disposeOverriddenCursors(CXCursor *overridden);
2699f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2700f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
2701f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieve the file that is included by the given inclusion directive
2702f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * cursor.
2703f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
2704f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXFile clang_getIncludedFile(CXCursor cursor);
2705f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2706f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
2707f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * @}
2708f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
2709f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2710f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
2711f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \defgroup CINDEX_CURSOR_SOURCE Mapping between cursors and source code
2712f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
2713f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * Cursors represent a location within the Abstract Syntax Tree (AST). These
2714f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * routines help map between cursors and the physical locations where the
2715f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * described entities occur in the source code. The mapping is provided in
2716f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * both directions, so one can map from source code to the AST and back.
2717f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
2718f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * @{
2719f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
2720f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2721f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
2722f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Map a source location to the cursor that describes the entity at that
2723f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * location in the source code.
2724f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
2725f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * clang_getCursor() maps an arbitrary source location within a translation
2726f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * unit down to the most specific cursor that describes the entity at that
2727f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * location. For example, given an expression \c x + y, invoking
2728f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * clang_getCursor() with a source location pointing to "x" will return the
2729f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * cursor for "x"; similarly for "y". If the cursor points anywhere between
2730f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * "x" or "y" (e.g., on the + or the whitespace around it), clang_getCursor()
2731f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * will return a cursor referring to the "+" expression.
2732f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
2733f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \returns a cursor representing the entity at the given source location, or
2734f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * a NULL cursor if no such entity can be found.
2735f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
2736f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getCursor(CXTranslationUnit, CXSourceLocation);
2737f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2738f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
2739f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieve the physical location of the source constructor referenced
2740f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * by the given cursor.
2741f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
2742f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * The location of a declaration is typically the location of the name of that
2743f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * declaration, where the name of that declaration would occur if it is
2744f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * unnamed, or some keyword that introduces that particular declaration.
2745f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * The location of a reference is where that reference occurs within the
2746f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * source code.
2747f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
2748f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceLocation clang_getCursorLocation(CXCursor);
2749f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2750f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
2751f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieve the physical extent of the source construct referenced by
2752f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * the given cursor.
2753f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
2754f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * The extent of a cursor starts with the file/line/column pointing at the
2755f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * first character within the source construct that the cursor refers to and
2756*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * ends with the last character within that source construct. For a
2757f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * declaration, the extent covers the declaration itself. For a reference,
2758f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * the extent covers the location of the reference (e.g., where the referenced
2759f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * entity was actually used).
2760f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
2761f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceRange clang_getCursorExtent(CXCursor);
2762f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2763f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
2764f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * @}
2765f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
2766f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2767f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
2768f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \defgroup CINDEX_TYPES Type information for CXCursors
2769f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
2770f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * @{
2771f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
2772f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2773f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
2774f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Describes the kind of type
2775f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
2776f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc enum CXTypeKind {
2777f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
2778*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Represents an invalid type (e.g., where no type is available).
2779f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
2780f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXType_Invalid = 0,
2781f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2782f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
2783f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief A type whose specific kind is not exposed via this
2784f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * interface.
2785f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
2786f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXType_Unexposed = 1,
2787f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2788f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /* Builtin types */
2789f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXType_Void = 2,
2790f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXType_Bool = 3,
2791f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXType_Char_U = 4,
2792f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXType_UChar = 5,
2793f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXType_Char16 = 6,
2794f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXType_Char32 = 7,
2795f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXType_UShort = 8,
2796f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXType_UInt = 9,
2797f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXType_ULong = 10,
2798f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXType_ULongLong = 11,
2799f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXType_UInt128 = 12,
2800f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXType_Char_S = 13,
2801f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXType_SChar = 14,
2802f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXType_WChar = 15,
2803f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXType_Short = 16,
2804f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXType_Int = 17,
2805f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXType_Long = 18,
2806f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXType_LongLong = 19,
2807f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXType_Int128 = 20,
2808f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXType_Float = 21,
2809f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXType_Double = 22,
2810f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXType_LongDouble = 23,
2811f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXType_NullPtr = 24,
2812f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXType_Overload = 25,
2813f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXType_Dependent = 26,
2814f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXType_ObjCId = 27,
2815f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXType_ObjCClass = 28,
2816f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXType_ObjCSel = 29,
2817f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXType_FirstBuiltin = CXType_Void,
2818f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXType_LastBuiltin  = CXType_ObjCSel,
2819f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2820f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXType_Complex = 100,
2821f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXType_Pointer = 101,
2822f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXType_BlockPointer = 102,
2823f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXType_LValueReference = 103,
2824f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXType_RValueReference = 104,
2825f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXType_Record = 105,
2826f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXType_Enum = 106,
2827f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXType_Typedef = 107,
2828f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXType_ObjCInterface = 108,
2829f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXType_ObjCObjectPointer = 109,
2830f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXType_FunctionNoProto = 110,
2831f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXType_FunctionProto = 111,
2832f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXType_ConstantArray = 112,
2833f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXType_Vector = 113,
2834f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXType_IncompleteArray = 114,
2835f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXType_VariableArray = 115,
2836f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXType_DependentSizedArray = 116,
2837f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXType_MemberPointer = 117
2838f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc };
2839f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2840f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
2841f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Describes the calling convention of a function type
2842f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
2843f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc enum CXCallingConv {
2844f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCallingConv_Default = 0,
2845f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCallingConv_C = 1,
2846f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCallingConv_X86StdCall = 2,
2847f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCallingConv_X86FastCall = 3,
2848f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCallingConv_X86ThisCall = 4,
2849f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCallingConv_X86Pascal = 5,
2850f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCallingConv_AAPCS = 6,
2851f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCallingConv_AAPCS_VFP = 7,
2852f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCallingConv_PnaclCall = 8,
2853f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCallingConv_IntelOclBicc = 9,
2854f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCallingConv_X86_64Win64 = 10,
2855f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCallingConv_X86_64SysV = 11,
2856*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   CXCallingConv_X86VectorCall = 12,
2857f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2858f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCallingConv_Invalid = 100,
2859f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCallingConv_Unexposed = 200
2860f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc };
2861f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2862f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2863f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
2864f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief The type of an element in the abstract syntax tree.
2865f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
2866f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
2867f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc typedef struct {
2868f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   enum CXTypeKind kind;
2869f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   void *data[2];
2870f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc } CXType;
2871f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2872f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
2873f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieve the type of a CXCursor (if any).
2874f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
2875f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getCursorType(CXCursor C);
2876f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2877f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
2878f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Pretty-print the underlying type using the rules of the
2879f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * language of the translation unit from which it came.
2880f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
2881f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * If the type is invalid, an empty string is returned.
2882f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
2883f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getTypeSpelling(CXType CT);
2884f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2885f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
2886f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieve the underlying type of a typedef declaration.
2887f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
2888f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * If the cursor does not reference a typedef declaration, an invalid type is
2889f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * returned.
2890f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
2891f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getTypedefDeclUnderlyingType(CXCursor C);
2892f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2893f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
2894f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieve the integer type of an enum declaration.
2895f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
2896f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * If the cursor does not reference an enum declaration, an invalid type is
2897f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * returned.
2898f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
2899f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getEnumDeclIntegerType(CXCursor C);
2900f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2901f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
2902f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieve the integer value of an enum constant declaration as a signed
2903f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *  long long.
2904f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
2905f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * If the cursor does not reference an enum constant declaration, LLONG_MIN is returned.
2906f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * Since this is also potentially a valid constant value, the kind of the cursor
2907f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * must be verified before calling this function.
2908f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
2909f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE long long clang_getEnumConstantDeclValue(CXCursor C);
2910f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2911f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
2912f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieve the integer value of an enum constant declaration as an unsigned
2913f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *  long long.
2914f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
2915f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * If the cursor does not reference an enum constant declaration, ULLONG_MAX is returned.
2916f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * Since this is also potentially a valid constant value, the kind of the cursor
2917f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * must be verified before calling this function.
2918f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
2919f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned long long clang_getEnumConstantDeclUnsignedValue(CXCursor C);
2920f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2921f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
2922f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieve the bit width of a bit field declaration as an integer.
2923f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
2924f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * If a cursor that is not a bit field declaration is passed in, -1 is returned.
2925f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
2926f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_getFieldDeclBitWidth(CXCursor C);
2927f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2928f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
2929f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieve the number of non-variadic arguments associated with a given
2930f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * cursor.
2931f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
2932f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * The number of arguments can be determined for calls as well as for
2933f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * declarations of functions or methods. For other cursors -1 is returned.
2934f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
2935f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_Cursor_getNumArguments(CXCursor C);
2936f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2937f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
2938f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieve the argument cursor of a function or method.
2939f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
2940f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * The argument cursor can be determined for calls as well as for declarations
2941f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * of functions or methods. For other cursors and for invalid indices, an
2942f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * invalid cursor is returned.
2943f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
2944f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_Cursor_getArgument(CXCursor C, unsigned i);
2945f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
2946f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
2947*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Describes the kind of a template argument.
2948*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  *
2949*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * See the definition of llvm::clang::TemplateArgument::ArgKind for full
2950*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * element descriptions.
2951*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  */
2952*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc enum CXTemplateArgumentKind {
2953*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   CXTemplateArgumentKind_Null,
2954*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   CXTemplateArgumentKind_Type,
2955*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   CXTemplateArgumentKind_Declaration,
2956*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   CXTemplateArgumentKind_NullPtr,
2957*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   CXTemplateArgumentKind_Integral,
2958*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   CXTemplateArgumentKind_Template,
2959*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   CXTemplateArgumentKind_TemplateExpansion,
2960*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   CXTemplateArgumentKind_Expression,
2961*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   CXTemplateArgumentKind_Pack,
2962*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   /* Indicates an error case, preventing the kind from being deduced. */
2963*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   CXTemplateArgumentKind_Invalid
2964*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc };
2965*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc 
2966*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc /**
2967*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  *\brief Returns the number of template args of a function decl representing a
2968*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * template specialization.
2969*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  *
2970*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * If the argument cursor cannot be converted into a template function
2971*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * declaration, -1 is returned.
2972*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  *
2973*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * For example, for the following declaration and specialization:
2974*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  *   template <typename T, int kInt, bool kBool>
2975*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  *   void foo() { ... }
2976*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  *
2977*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  *   template <>
2978*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  *   void foo<float, -7, true>();
2979*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  *
2980*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * The value 3 would be returned from this call.
2981*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  */
2982*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_Cursor_getNumTemplateArguments(CXCursor C);
2983*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc 
2984*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc /**
2985*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieve the kind of the I'th template argument of the CXCursor C.
2986*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  *
2987*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * If the argument CXCursor does not represent a FunctionDecl, an invalid
2988*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * template argument kind is returned.
2989*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  *
2990*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * For example, for the following declaration and specialization:
2991*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  *   template <typename T, int kInt, bool kBool>
2992*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  *   void foo() { ... }
2993*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  *
2994*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  *   template <>
2995*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  *   void foo<float, -7, true>();
2996*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  *
2997*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * For I = 0, 1, and 2, Type, Integral, and Integral will be returned,
2998*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * respectively.
2999*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  */
3000*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXTemplateArgumentKind clang_Cursor_getTemplateArgumentKind(
3001*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc     CXCursor C, unsigned I);
3002*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc 
3003*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc /**
3004*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieve a CXType representing the type of a TemplateArgument of a
3005*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  *  function decl representing a template specialization.
3006*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  *
3007*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * If the argument CXCursor does not represent a FunctionDecl whose I'th
3008*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * template argument has a kind of CXTemplateArgKind_Integral, an invalid type
3009*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * is returned.
3010*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  *
3011*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * For example, for the following declaration and specialization:
3012*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  *   template <typename T, int kInt, bool kBool>
3013*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  *   void foo() { ... }
3014*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  *
3015*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  *   template <>
3016*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  *   void foo<float, -7, true>();
3017*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  *
3018*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * If called with I = 0, "float", will be returned.
3019*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * Invalid types will be returned for I == 1 or 2.
3020*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  */
3021*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_Cursor_getTemplateArgumentType(CXCursor C,
3022*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc                                                            unsigned I);
3023*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc 
3024*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc /**
3025*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieve the value of an Integral TemplateArgument (of a function
3026*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  *  decl representing a template specialization) as a signed long long.
3027*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  *
3028*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * It is undefined to call this function on a CXCursor that does not represent a
3029*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * FunctionDecl or whose I'th template argument is not an integral value.
3030*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  *
3031*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * For example, for the following declaration and specialization:
3032*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  *   template <typename T, int kInt, bool kBool>
3033*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  *   void foo() { ... }
3034*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  *
3035*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  *   template <>
3036*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  *   void foo<float, -7, true>();
3037*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  *
3038*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * If called with I = 1 or 2, -7 or true will be returned, respectively.
3039*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * For I == 0, this function's behavior is undefined.
3040*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  */
3041*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE long long clang_Cursor_getTemplateArgumentValue(CXCursor C,
3042*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc                                                                unsigned I);
3043*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc 
3044*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc /**
3045*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieve the value of an Integral TemplateArgument (of a function
3046*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  *  decl representing a template specialization) as an unsigned long long.
3047*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  *
3048*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * It is undefined to call this function on a CXCursor that does not represent a
3049*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * FunctionDecl or whose I'th template argument is not an integral value.
3050*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  *
3051*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * For example, for the following declaration and specialization:
3052*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  *   template <typename T, int kInt, bool kBool>
3053*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  *   void foo() { ... }
3054*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  *
3055*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  *   template <>
3056*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  *   void foo<float, 2147483649, true>();
3057*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  *
3058*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * If called with I = 1 or 2, 2147483649 or true will be returned, respectively.
3059*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * For I == 0, this function's behavior is undefined.
3060*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  */
3061*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned long long clang_Cursor_getTemplateArgumentUnsignedValue(
3062*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc     CXCursor C, unsigned I);
3063*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc 
3064*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc /**
3065f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Determine whether two CXTypes represent the same type.
3066f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3067f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \returns non-zero if the CXTypes represent the same type and
3068f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *          zero otherwise.
3069f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3070f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_equalTypes(CXType A, CXType B);
3071f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3072f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3073f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Return the canonical type for a CXType.
3074f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3075f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * Clang's type system explicitly models typedefs and all the ways
3076f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * a specific type can be represented.  The canonical type is the underlying
3077f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * type with all the "sugar" removed.  For example, if 'T' is a typedef
3078f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * for 'int', the canonical type for 'T' would be 'int'.
3079f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3080f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getCanonicalType(CXType T);
3081f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3082f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3083f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Determine whether a CXType has the "const" qualifier set,
3084f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * without looking through typedefs that may have added "const" at a
3085f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * different level.
3086f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3087f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isConstQualifiedType(CXType T);
3088f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3089f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3090f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Determine whether a CXType has the "volatile" qualifier set,
3091f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * without looking through typedefs that may have added "volatile" at
3092f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * a different level.
3093f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3094f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isVolatileQualifiedType(CXType T);
3095f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3096f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3097f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Determine whether a CXType has the "restrict" qualifier set,
3098f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * without looking through typedefs that may have added "restrict" at a
3099f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * different level.
3100f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3101f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isRestrictQualifiedType(CXType T);
3102f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3103f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3104f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief For pointer types, returns the type of the pointee.
3105f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3106f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getPointeeType(CXType T);
3107f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3108f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3109f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Return the cursor for the declaration of the given type.
3110f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3111f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getTypeDeclaration(CXType T);
3112f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3113f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3114f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * Returns the Objective-C type encoding for the specified declaration.
3115f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3116f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getDeclObjCTypeEncoding(CXCursor C);
3117f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3118f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3119f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieve the spelling of a given CXTypeKind.
3120f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3121f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getTypeKindSpelling(enum CXTypeKind K);
3122f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3123f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3124f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieve the calling convention associated with a function type.
3125f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3126f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * If a non-function type is passed in, CXCallingConv_Invalid is returned.
3127f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3128f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXCallingConv clang_getFunctionTypeCallingConv(CXType T);
3129f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3130f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3131*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieve the return type associated with a function type.
3132f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3133f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * If a non-function type is passed in, an invalid type is returned.
3134f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3135f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getResultType(CXType T);
3136f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3137f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3138*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieve the number of non-variadic parameters associated with a
3139f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * function type.
3140f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3141f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * If a non-function type is passed in, -1 is returned.
3142f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3143f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_getNumArgTypes(CXType T);
3144f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3145f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3146*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieve the type of a parameter of a function type.
3147f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3148f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * If a non-function type is passed in or the function does not have enough
3149f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * parameters, an invalid type is returned.
3150f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3151f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getArgType(CXType T, unsigned i);
3152f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3153f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3154f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Return 1 if the CXType is a variadic function type, and 0 otherwise.
3155f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3156f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isFunctionTypeVariadic(CXType T);
3157f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3158f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3159*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieve the return type associated with a given cursor.
3160f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3161f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * This only returns a valid type if the cursor refers to a function or method.
3162f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3163f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getCursorResultType(CXCursor C);
3164f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3165f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3166f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Return 1 if the CXType is a POD (plain old data) type, and 0
3167f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *  otherwise.
3168f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3169f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isPODType(CXType T);
3170f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3171f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3172f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Return the element type of an array, complex, or vector type.
3173f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3174f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * If a type is passed in that is not an array, complex, or vector type,
3175f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * an invalid type is returned.
3176f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3177f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getElementType(CXType T);
3178f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3179f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3180f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Return the number of elements of an array or vector type.
3181f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3182f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * If a type is passed in that is not an array or vector type,
3183f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * -1 is returned.
3184f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3185f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE long long clang_getNumElements(CXType T);
3186f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3187f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3188f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Return the element type of an array type.
3189f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3190f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * If a non-array type is passed in, an invalid type is returned.
3191f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3192f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getArrayElementType(CXType T);
3193f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3194f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3195f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Return the array size of a constant array.
3196f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3197f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * If a non-array type is passed in, -1 is returned.
3198f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3199f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE long long clang_getArraySize(CXType T);
3200f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3201f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3202f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief List the possible error codes for \c clang_Type_getSizeOf,
3203f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *   \c clang_Type_getAlignOf, \c clang_Type_getOffsetOf and
3204f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *   \c clang_Cursor_getOffsetOf.
3205f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3206f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * A value of this enumeration type can be returned if the target type is not
3207f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * a valid argument to sizeof, alignof or offsetof.
3208f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3209f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc enum CXTypeLayoutError {
3210f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
3211f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Type is of kind CXType_Invalid.
3212f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
3213f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXTypeLayoutError_Invalid = -1,
3214f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
3215f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief The type is an incomplete Type.
3216f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
3217f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXTypeLayoutError_Incomplete = -2,
3218f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
3219f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief The type is a dependent Type.
3220f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
3221f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXTypeLayoutError_Dependent = -3,
3222f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
3223f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief The type is not a constant size type.
3224f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
3225f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXTypeLayoutError_NotConstantSize = -4,
3226f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
3227f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief The Field name is not valid for this record.
3228f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
3229f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXTypeLayoutError_InvalidFieldName = -5
3230f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc };
3231f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3232f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3233f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Return the alignment of a type in bytes as per C++[expr.alignof]
3234f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *   standard.
3235f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3236f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * If the type declaration is invalid, CXTypeLayoutError_Invalid is returned.
3237f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * If the type declaration is an incomplete type, CXTypeLayoutError_Incomplete
3238f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *   is returned.
3239f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * If the type declaration is a dependent type, CXTypeLayoutError_Dependent is
3240f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *   returned.
3241f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * If the type declaration is not a constant size type,
3242f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *   CXTypeLayoutError_NotConstantSize is returned.
3243f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3244f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE long long clang_Type_getAlignOf(CXType T);
3245f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3246f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3247f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Return the class type of an member pointer type.
3248f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3249f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * If a non-member-pointer type is passed in, an invalid type is returned.
3250f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3251f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_Type_getClassType(CXType T);
3252f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3253f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3254f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Return the size of a type in bytes as per C++[expr.sizeof] standard.
3255f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3256f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * If the type declaration is invalid, CXTypeLayoutError_Invalid is returned.
3257f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * If the type declaration is an incomplete type, CXTypeLayoutError_Incomplete
3258f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *   is returned.
3259f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * If the type declaration is a dependent type, CXTypeLayoutError_Dependent is
3260f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *   returned.
3261f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3262f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE long long clang_Type_getSizeOf(CXType T);
3263f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3264f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3265f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Return the offset of a field named S in a record of type T in bits
3266f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *   as it would be returned by __offsetof__ as per C++11[18.2p4]
3267f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3268f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * If the cursor is not a record field declaration, CXTypeLayoutError_Invalid
3269f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *   is returned.
3270f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * If the field's type declaration is an incomplete type,
3271f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *   CXTypeLayoutError_Incomplete is returned.
3272f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * If the field's type declaration is a dependent type,
3273f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *   CXTypeLayoutError_Dependent is returned.
3274f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * If the field's name S is not found,
3275f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *   CXTypeLayoutError_InvalidFieldName is returned.
3276f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3277f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE long long clang_Type_getOffsetOf(CXType T, const char *S);
3278f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3279f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc enum CXRefQualifierKind {
3280f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief No ref-qualifier was provided. */
3281f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXRefQualifier_None = 0,
3282f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief An lvalue ref-qualifier was provided (\c &). */
3283f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXRefQualifier_LValue,
3284f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /** \brief An rvalue ref-qualifier was provided (\c &&). */
3285f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXRefQualifier_RValue
3286f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc };
3287f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3288f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3289*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Returns the number of template arguments for given class template
3290*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * specialization, or -1 if type \c T is not a class template specialization.
3291*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  *
3292*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * Variadic argument packs count as only one argument, and can not be inspected
3293*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * further.
3294*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  */
3295*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_Type_getNumTemplateArguments(CXType T);
3296*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc 
3297*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc /**
3298*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Returns the type template argument of a template class specialization
3299*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * at given index.
3300*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  *
3301*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * This function only returns template type arguments and does not handle
3302*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * template template arguments or variadic packs.
3303*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  */
3304*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_Type_getTemplateArgumentAsType(CXType T, unsigned i);
3305*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc 
3306*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc /**
3307f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieve the ref-qualifier kind of a function or method.
3308f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3309f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * The ref-qualifier is returned for C++ functions or methods. For other types
3310f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * or non-C++ declarations, CXRefQualifier_None is returned.
3311f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3312f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXRefQualifierKind clang_Type_getCXXRefQualifier(CXType T);
3313f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3314f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3315f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Returns non-zero if the cursor specifies a Record member that is a
3316f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *   bitfield.
3317f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3318f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_isBitField(CXCursor C);
3319f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3320f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3321f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Returns 1 if the base class specified by the cursor with kind
3322f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *   CX_CXXBaseSpecifier is virtual.
3323f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3324f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isVirtualBase(CXCursor);
3325f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3326f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3327f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Represents the C++ access control level to a base class for a
3328f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * cursor with kind CX_CXXBaseSpecifier.
3329f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3330f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc enum CX_CXXAccessSpecifier {
3331f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CX_CXXInvalidAccessSpecifier,
3332f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CX_CXXPublic,
3333f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CX_CXXProtected,
3334f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CX_CXXPrivate
3335f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc };
3336f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3337f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3338f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Returns the access control level for the referenced object.
3339f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3340f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * If the cursor refers to a C++ declaration, its access control level within its
3341f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * parent scope is returned. Otherwise, if the cursor refers to a base specifier or
3342f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * access specifier, the specifier itself is returned.
3343f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3344f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CX_CXXAccessSpecifier clang_getCXXAccessSpecifier(CXCursor);
3345f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3346f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3347*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Represents the storage classes as declared in the source. CX_SC_Invalid
3348*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * was added for the case that the passed cursor in not a declaration.
3349*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  */
3350*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc enum CX_StorageClass {
3351*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   CX_SC_Invalid,
3352*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   CX_SC_None,
3353*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   CX_SC_Extern,
3354*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   CX_SC_Static,
3355*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   CX_SC_PrivateExtern,
3356*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   CX_SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal,
3357*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   CX_SC_Auto,
3358*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc   CX_SC_Register
3359*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc };
3360*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc 
3361*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc /**
3362*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Returns the storage class for a function or variable declaration.
3363*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  *
3364*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * If the passed in Cursor is not a function or variable declaration,
3365*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * CX_SC_Invalid is returned else the storage class.
3366*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  */
3367*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CX_StorageClass clang_Cursor_getStorageClass(CXCursor);
3368*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc 
3369*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc /**
3370f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Determine the number of overloaded declarations referenced by a
3371f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \c CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef cursor.
3372f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3373f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param cursor The cursor whose overloaded declarations are being queried.
3374f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3375f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \returns The number of overloaded declarations referenced by \c cursor. If it
3376f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * is not a \c CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef cursor, returns 0.
3377f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3378f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_getNumOverloadedDecls(CXCursor cursor);
3379f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3380f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3381f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieve a cursor for one of the overloaded declarations referenced
3382f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * by a \c CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef cursor.
3383f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3384f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param cursor The cursor whose overloaded declarations are being queried.
3385f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3386f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param index The zero-based index into the set of overloaded declarations in
3387f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * the cursor.
3388f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3389f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \returns A cursor representing the declaration referenced by the given
3390f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \c cursor at the specified \c index. If the cursor does not have an
3391f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * associated set of overloaded declarations, or if the index is out of bounds,
3392f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * returns \c clang_getNullCursor();
3393f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3394f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getOverloadedDecl(CXCursor cursor,
3395f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                                 unsigned index);
3396f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3397f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3398f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * @}
3399f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3400f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3401f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3402f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \defgroup CINDEX_ATTRIBUTES Information for attributes
3403f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3404f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * @{
3405f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3406f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3407f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3408f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3409f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief For cursors representing an iboutletcollection attribute,
3410f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *  this function returns the collection element type.
3411f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3412f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3413f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getIBOutletCollectionType(CXCursor);
3414f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3415f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3416f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * @}
3417f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3418f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3419f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3420f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \defgroup CINDEX_CURSOR_TRAVERSAL Traversing the AST with cursors
3421f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3422f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * These routines provide the ability to traverse the abstract syntax tree
3423f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * using cursors.
3424f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3425f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * @{
3426f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3427f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3428f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3429f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Describes how the traversal of the children of a particular
3430f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * cursor should proceed after visiting a particular child cursor.
3431f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3432f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * A value of this enumeration type should be returned by each
3433f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \c CXCursorVisitor to indicate how clang_visitChildren() proceed.
3434f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3435f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc enum CXChildVisitResult {
3436f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
3437f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Terminates the cursor traversal.
3438f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
3439f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXChildVisit_Break,
3440f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
3441f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Continues the cursor traversal with the next sibling of
3442f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * the cursor just visited, without visiting its children.
3443f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
3444f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXChildVisit_Continue,
3445f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
3446f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Recursively traverse the children of this cursor, using
3447f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * the same visitor and client data.
3448f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
3449f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXChildVisit_Recurse
3450f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc };
3451f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3452f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3453f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Visitor invoked for each cursor found by a traversal.
3454f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3455f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * This visitor function will be invoked for each cursor found by
3456f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * clang_visitCursorChildren(). Its first argument is the cursor being
3457f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * visited, its second argument is the parent visitor for that cursor,
3458f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * and its third argument is the client data provided to
3459f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * clang_visitCursorChildren().
3460f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3461f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * The visitor should return one of the \c CXChildVisitResult values
3462f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * to direct clang_visitCursorChildren().
3463f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3464f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc typedef enum CXChildVisitResult (*CXCursorVisitor)(CXCursor cursor,
3465f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                                    CXCursor parent,
3466f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                                    CXClientData client_data);
3467f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3468f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3469f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Visit the children of a particular cursor.
3470f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3471f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * This function visits all the direct children of the given cursor,
3472f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * invoking the given \p visitor function with the cursors of each
3473f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * visited child. The traversal may be recursive, if the visitor returns
3474f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \c CXChildVisit_Recurse. The traversal may also be ended prematurely, if
3475f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * the visitor returns \c CXChildVisit_Break.
3476f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3477f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param parent the cursor whose child may be visited. All kinds of
3478f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * cursors can be visited, including invalid cursors (which, by
3479f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * definition, have no children).
3480f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3481f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param visitor the visitor function that will be invoked for each
3482f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * child of \p parent.
3483f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3484f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param client_data pointer data supplied by the client, which will
3485f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * be passed to the visitor each time it is invoked.
3486f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3487f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \returns a non-zero value if the traversal was terminated
3488f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * prematurely by the visitor returning \c CXChildVisit_Break.
3489f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3490f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_visitChildren(CXCursor parent,
3491f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                             CXCursorVisitor visitor,
3492f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                             CXClientData client_data);
3493f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc #ifdef __has_feature
3494f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc #  if __has_feature(blocks)
3495f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3496f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Visitor invoked for each cursor found by a traversal.
3497f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3498f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * This visitor block will be invoked for each cursor found by
3499f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * clang_visitChildrenWithBlock(). Its first argument is the cursor being
3500f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * visited, its second argument is the parent visitor for that cursor.
3501f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3502f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * The visitor should return one of the \c CXChildVisitResult values
3503f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * to direct clang_visitChildrenWithBlock().
3504f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3505f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc typedef enum CXChildVisitResult
3506f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc      (^CXCursorVisitorBlock)(CXCursor cursor, CXCursor parent);
3507f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3508f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3509f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * Visits the children of a cursor using the specified block.  Behaves
3510f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * identically to clang_visitChildren() in all other respects.
3511f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3512f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc unsigned clang_visitChildrenWithBlock(CXCursor parent,
3513f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                       CXCursorVisitorBlock block);
3514f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc #  endif
3515f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc #endif
3516f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3517f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3518f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * @}
3519f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3520f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3521f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3522f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \defgroup CINDEX_CURSOR_XREF Cross-referencing in the AST
3523f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3524f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * These routines provide the ability to determine references within and
3525f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * across translation units, by providing the names of the entities referenced
3526f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * by cursors, follow reference cursors to the declarations they reference,
3527f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * and associate declarations with their definitions.
3528f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3529f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * @{
3530f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3531f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3532f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3533f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieve a Unified Symbol Resolution (USR) for the entity referenced
3534f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * by the given cursor.
3535f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3536f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * A Unified Symbol Resolution (USR) is a string that identifies a particular
3537f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * entity (function, class, variable, etc.) within a program. USRs can be
3538f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * compared across translation units to determine, e.g., when references in
3539f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * one translation refer to an entity defined in another translation unit.
3540f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3541f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getCursorUSR(CXCursor);
3542f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3543f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3544f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Construct a USR for a specified Objective-C class.
3545f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3546f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_constructUSR_ObjCClass(const char *class_name);
3547f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3548f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3549f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Construct a USR for a specified Objective-C category.
3550f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3551f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString
3552f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   clang_constructUSR_ObjCCategory(const char *class_name,
3553f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                  const char *category_name);
3554f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3555f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3556f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Construct a USR for a specified Objective-C protocol.
3557f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3558f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString
3559f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   clang_constructUSR_ObjCProtocol(const char *protocol_name);
3560f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3561f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3562f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3563f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Construct a USR for a specified Objective-C instance variable and
3564f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *   the USR for its containing class.
3565f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3566f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_constructUSR_ObjCIvar(const char *name,
3567f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                                     CXString classUSR);
3568f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3569f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3570f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Construct a USR for a specified Objective-C method and
3571f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *   the USR for its containing class.
3572f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3573f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_constructUSR_ObjCMethod(const char *name,
3574f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                                       unsigned isInstanceMethod,
3575f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                                       CXString classUSR);
3576f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3577f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3578f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Construct a USR for a specified Objective-C property and the USR
3579f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *  for its containing class.
3580f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3581f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_constructUSR_ObjCProperty(const char *property,
3582f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                                         CXString classUSR);
3583f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3584f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3585f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieve a name for the entity referenced by this cursor.
3586f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3587f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getCursorSpelling(CXCursor);
3588f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3589f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3590f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieve a range for a piece that forms the cursors spelling name.
3591f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * Most of the times there is only one range for the complete spelling but for
3592*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * Objective-C methods and Objective-C message expressions, there are multiple
3593*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * pieces for each selector identifier.
3594f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3595f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param pieceIndex the index of the spelling name piece. If this is greater
3596f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * than the actual number of pieces, it will return a NULL (invalid) range.
3597f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3598f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param options Reserved.
3599f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3600f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceRange clang_Cursor_getSpellingNameRange(CXCursor,
3601f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                                           unsigned pieceIndex,
3602f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                                           unsigned options);
3603f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3604f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3605f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieve the display name for the entity referenced by this cursor.
3606f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3607f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * The display name contains extra information that helps identify the cursor,
3608f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * such as the parameters of a function or template or the arguments of a
3609f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * class template specialization.
3610f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3611f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getCursorDisplayName(CXCursor);
3612f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3613f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /** \brief For a cursor that is a reference, retrieve a cursor representing the
3614f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * entity that it references.
3615f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3616f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * Reference cursors refer to other entities in the AST. For example, an
3617f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * Objective-C superclass reference cursor refers to an Objective-C class.
3618f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * This function produces the cursor for the Objective-C class from the
3619f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * cursor for the superclass reference. If the input cursor is a declaration or
3620f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * definition, it returns that declaration or definition unchanged.
3621f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * Otherwise, returns the NULL cursor.
3622f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3623f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getCursorReferenced(CXCursor);
3624f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3625f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3626f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *  \brief For a cursor that is either a reference to or a declaration
3627f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *  of some entity, retrieve a cursor that describes the definition of
3628f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *  that entity.
3629f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3630f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *  Some entities can be declared multiple times within a translation
3631f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *  unit, but only one of those declarations can also be a
3632f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *  definition. For example, given:
3633f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3634f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *  \code
3635f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *  int f(int, int);
3636f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *  int g(int x, int y) { return f(x, y); }
3637f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *  int f(int a, int b) { return a + b; }
3638f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *  int f(int, int);
3639f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *  \endcode
3640f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3641f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *  there are three declarations of the function "f", but only the
3642f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *  second one is a definition. The clang_getCursorDefinition()
3643f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *  function will take any cursor pointing to a declaration of "f"
3644f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *  (the first or fourth lines of the example) or a cursor referenced
3645f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *  that uses "f" (the call to "f' inside "g") and will return a
3646f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *  declaration cursor pointing to the definition (the second "f"
3647f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *  declaration).
3648f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3649f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *  If given a cursor for which there is no corresponding definition,
3650f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *  e.g., because there is no definition of that entity within this
3651f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *  translation unit, returns a NULL cursor.
3652f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3653f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getCursorDefinition(CXCursor);
3654f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3655f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3656f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Determine whether the declaration pointed to by this cursor
3657f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * is also a definition of that entity.
3658f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3659f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isCursorDefinition(CXCursor);
3660f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3661f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3662f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieve the canonical cursor corresponding to the given cursor.
3663f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3664f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * In the C family of languages, many kinds of entities can be declared several
3665f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * times within a single translation unit. For example, a structure type can
3666f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * be forward-declared (possibly multiple times) and later defined:
3667f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3668f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \code
3669f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * struct X;
3670f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * struct X;
3671f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * struct X {
3672f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *   int member;
3673f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * };
3674f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \endcode
3675f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3676f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * The declarations and the definition of \c X are represented by three
3677f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * different cursors, all of which are declarations of the same underlying
3678f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * entity. One of these cursor is considered the "canonical" cursor, which
3679f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * is effectively the representative for the underlying entity. One can
3680f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * determine if two cursors are declarations of the same underlying entity by
3681f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * comparing their canonical cursors.
3682f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3683f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \returns The canonical cursor for the entity referred to by the given cursor.
3684f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3685f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getCanonicalCursor(CXCursor);
3686f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3687f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3688f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3689*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * \brief If the cursor points to a selector identifier in an Objective-C
3690*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * method or message expression, this returns the selector index.
3691f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3692f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * After getting a cursor with #clang_getCursor, this can be called to
3693f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * determine if the location points to a selector identifier.
3694f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3695*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * \returns The selector index if the cursor is an Objective-C method or message
3696f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * expression and the cursor is pointing to a selector identifier, or -1
3697f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * otherwise.
3698f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3699f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_Cursor_getObjCSelectorIndex(CXCursor);
3700f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3701f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3702*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Given a cursor pointing to a C++ method call or an Objective-C
3703*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * message, returns non-zero if the method/message is "dynamic", meaning:
3704f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3705f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * For a C++ method: the call is virtual.
3706*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * For an Objective-C message: the receiver is an object instance, not 'super'
3707*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * or a specific class.
3708f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3709f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * If the method/message is "static" or the cursor does not point to a
3710f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * method/message, it will return zero.
3711f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3712f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_Cursor_isDynamicCall(CXCursor C);
3713f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3714f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3715*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Given a cursor pointing to an Objective-C message, returns the CXType
3716*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * of the receiver.
3717f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3718f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_Cursor_getReceiverType(CXCursor C);
3719f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3720f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3721f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Property attributes for a \c CXCursor_ObjCPropertyDecl.
3722f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3723f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc typedef enum {
3724f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXObjCPropertyAttr_noattr    = 0x00,
3725f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXObjCPropertyAttr_readonly  = 0x01,
3726f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXObjCPropertyAttr_getter    = 0x02,
3727f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXObjCPropertyAttr_assign    = 0x04,
3728f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXObjCPropertyAttr_readwrite = 0x08,
3729f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXObjCPropertyAttr_retain    = 0x10,
3730f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXObjCPropertyAttr_copy      = 0x20,
3731f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXObjCPropertyAttr_nonatomic = 0x40,
3732f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXObjCPropertyAttr_setter    = 0x80,
3733f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXObjCPropertyAttr_atomic    = 0x100,
3734f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXObjCPropertyAttr_weak      = 0x200,
3735f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXObjCPropertyAttr_strong    = 0x400,
3736f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXObjCPropertyAttr_unsafe_unretained = 0x800
3737f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc } CXObjCPropertyAttrKind;
3738f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3739f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3740f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Given a cursor that represents a property declaration, return the
3741f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * associated property attributes. The bits are formed from
3742f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \c CXObjCPropertyAttrKind.
3743f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3744f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param reserved Reserved for future use, pass 0.
3745f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3746f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_getObjCPropertyAttributes(CXCursor C,
3747f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                                              unsigned reserved);
3748f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3749f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3750f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief 'Qualifiers' written next to the return and parameter types in
3751*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * Objective-C method declarations.
3752f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3753f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc typedef enum {
3754f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXObjCDeclQualifier_None = 0x0,
3755f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXObjCDeclQualifier_In = 0x1,
3756f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXObjCDeclQualifier_Inout = 0x2,
3757f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXObjCDeclQualifier_Out = 0x4,
3758f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXObjCDeclQualifier_Bycopy = 0x8,
3759f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXObjCDeclQualifier_Byref = 0x10,
3760f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXObjCDeclQualifier_Oneway = 0x20
3761f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc } CXObjCDeclQualifierKind;
3762f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3763f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3764*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Given a cursor that represents an Objective-C method or parameter
3765*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * declaration, return the associated Objective-C qualifiers for the return
3766*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * type or the parameter respectively. The bits are formed from
3767*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * CXObjCDeclQualifierKind.
3768f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3769f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_getObjCDeclQualifiers(CXCursor C);
3770f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3771f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3772*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Given a cursor that represents an Objective-C method or property
3773*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * declaration, return non-zero if the declaration was affected by "@optional".
3774f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * Returns zero if the cursor is not such a declaration or it is "@required".
3775f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3776f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_isObjCOptional(CXCursor C);
3777f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3778f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3779f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Returns non-zero if the given cursor is a variadic function or method.
3780f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3781f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_isVariadic(CXCursor C);
3782f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3783f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3784f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Given a cursor that represents a declaration, return the associated
3785f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * comment's source range.  The range may include multiple consecutive comments
3786f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * with whitespace in between.
3787f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3788f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceRange clang_Cursor_getCommentRange(CXCursor C);
3789f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3790f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3791f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Given a cursor that represents a declaration, return the associated
3792f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * comment text, including comment markers.
3793f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3794f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_Cursor_getRawCommentText(CXCursor C);
3795f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3796f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3797f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Given a cursor that represents a documentable entity (e.g.,
3798f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * declaration), return the associated \\brief paragraph; otherwise return the
3799f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * first paragraph.
3800f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3801f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_Cursor_getBriefCommentText(CXCursor C);
3802f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3803f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3804*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * @}
3805f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3806*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc 
3807*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc /** \defgroup CINDEX_MANGLE Name Mangling API Functions
3808*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  *
3809*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * @{
3810*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  */
3811*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc 
3812*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc /**
3813*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieve the CXString representing the mangled name of the cursor.
3814*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  */
3815*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_Cursor_getMangling(CXCursor);
3816f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3817f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3818f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * @}
3819f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3820f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3821f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3822f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \defgroup CINDEX_MODULE Module introspection
3823f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3824f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * The functions in this group provide access to information about modules.
3825f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3826f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * @{
3827f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3828f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3829f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc typedef void *CXModule;
3830f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3831f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3832f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Given a CXCursor_ModuleImportDecl cursor, return the associated module.
3833f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3834f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXModule clang_Cursor_getModule(CXCursor C);
3835f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3836f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3837*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Given a CXFile header file, return the module that contains it, if one
3838*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * exists.
3839*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  */
3840*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXModule clang_getModuleForFile(CXTranslationUnit, CXFile);
3841*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc 
3842*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc /**
3843f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param Module a module object.
3844f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3845f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \returns the module file where the provided module object came from.
3846f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3847f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXFile clang_Module_getASTFile(CXModule Module);
3848f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3849f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3850f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param Module a module object.
3851f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3852f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \returns the parent of a sub-module or NULL if the given module is top-level,
3853f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * e.g. for 'std.vector' it will return the 'std' module.
3854f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3855f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXModule clang_Module_getParent(CXModule Module);
3856f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3857f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3858f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param Module a module object.
3859f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3860f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \returns the name of the module, e.g. for the 'std.vector' sub-module it
3861f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * will return "vector".
3862f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3863f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_Module_getName(CXModule Module);
3864f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3865f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3866f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param Module a module object.
3867f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3868f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \returns the full name of the module, e.g. "std.vector".
3869f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3870f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_Module_getFullName(CXModule Module);
3871f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3872f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3873f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param Module a module object.
3874f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3875*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * \returns non-zero if the module is a system one.
3876*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  */
3877*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_Module_isSystem(CXModule Module);
3878*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc 
3879*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc /**
3880*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * \param Module a module object.
3881*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  *
3882f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \returns the number of top level headers associated with this module.
3883f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3884f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Module_getNumTopLevelHeaders(CXTranslationUnit,
3885f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                                            CXModule Module);
3886f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3887f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3888f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param Module a module object.
3889f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3890f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param Index top level header index (zero-based).
3891f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3892f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \returns the specified top level header associated with the module.
3893f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3894f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE
3895f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CXFile clang_Module_getTopLevelHeader(CXTranslationUnit,
3896f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                       CXModule Module, unsigned Index);
3897f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3898f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3899f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * @}
3900f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3901f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3902f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3903f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \defgroup CINDEX_CPP C++ AST introspection
3904f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3905f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * The routines in this group provide access information in the ASTs specific
3906f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * to C++ language features.
3907f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3908f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * @{
3909f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3910f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3911f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3912f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Determine if a C++ member function or member function template is
3913f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * pure virtual.
3914f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3915f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXMethod_isPureVirtual(CXCursor C);
3916f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3917f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3918f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Determine if a C++ member function or member function template is
3919f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * declared 'static'.
3920f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3921f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXMethod_isStatic(CXCursor C);
3922f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3923f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3924f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Determine if a C++ member function or member function template is
3925f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * explicitly declared 'virtual' or if it overrides a virtual method from
3926f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * one of the base classes.
3927f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3928f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXMethod_isVirtual(CXCursor C);
3929f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3930f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3931*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Determine if a C++ member function or member function template is
3932*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * declared 'const'.
3933*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  */
3934*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXMethod_isConst(CXCursor C);
3935*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc 
3936*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc /**
3937f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Given a cursor that represents a template, determine
3938f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * the cursor kind of the specializations would be generated by instantiating
3939f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * the template.
3940f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3941f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * This routine can be used to determine what flavor of function template,
3942f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * class template, or class template partial specialization is stored in the
3943f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * cursor. For example, it can describe whether a class template cursor is
3944f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * declared with "struct", "class" or "union".
3945f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3946f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param C The cursor to query. This cursor should represent a template
3947f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * declaration.
3948f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3949f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \returns The cursor kind of the specializations that would be generated
3950f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * by instantiating the template \p C. If \p C is not a template, returns
3951f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \c CXCursor_NoDeclFound.
3952f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3953f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXCursorKind clang_getTemplateCursorKind(CXCursor C);
3954f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3955f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3956f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Given a cursor that may represent a specialization or instantiation
3957f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * of a template, retrieve the cursor that represents the template that it
3958f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * specializes or from which it was instantiated.
3959f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3960f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * This routine determines the template involved both for explicit
3961f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * specializations of templates and for implicit instantiations of the template,
3962f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * both of which are referred to as "specializations". For a class template
3963f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * specialization (e.g., \c std::vector<bool>), this routine will return
3964f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * either the primary template (\c std::vector) or, if the specialization was
3965f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * instantiated from a class template partial specialization, the class template
3966f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * partial specialization. For a class template partial specialization and a
3967f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * function template specialization (including instantiations), this
3968f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * this routine will return the specialized template.
3969f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3970f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * For members of a class template (e.g., member functions, member classes, or
3971f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * static data members), returns the specialized or instantiated member.
3972f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * Although not strictly "templates" in the C++ language, members of class
3973f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * templates have the same notions of specializations and instantiations that
3974f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * templates do, so this routine treats them similarly.
3975f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3976f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param C A cursor that may be a specialization of a template or a member
3977f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * of a template.
3978f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3979f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \returns If the given cursor is a specialization or instantiation of a
3980f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * template or a member thereof, the template or member that it specializes or
3981f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * from which it was instantiated. Otherwise, returns a NULL cursor.
3982f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
3983f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getSpecializedCursorTemplate(CXCursor C);
3984f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
3985f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
3986f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Given a cursor that references something else, return the source range
3987f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * covering that reference.
3988f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
3989f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param C A cursor pointing to a member reference, a declaration reference, or
3990f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * an operator call.
3991f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param NameFlags A bitset with three independent flags:
3992f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * CXNameRange_WantQualifier, CXNameRange_WantTemplateArgs, and
3993f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * CXNameRange_WantSinglePiece.
3994f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param PieceIndex For contiguous names or when passing the flag
3995f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * CXNameRange_WantSinglePiece, only one piece with index 0 is
3996f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * available. When the CXNameRange_WantSinglePiece flag is not passed for a
3997f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * non-contiguous names, this index can be used to retrieve the individual
3998f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * pieces of the name. See also CXNameRange_WantSinglePiece.
3999f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4000f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \returns The piece of the name pointed to by the given cursor. If there is no
4001f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * name, or if the PieceIndex is out-of-range, a null-cursor will be returned.
4002f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
4003f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceRange clang_getCursorReferenceNameRange(CXCursor C,
4004f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                                 unsigned NameFlags,
4005f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                                 unsigned PieceIndex);
4006f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4007f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc enum CXNameRefFlags {
4008f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
4009f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Include the nested-name-specifier, e.g. Foo:: in x.Foo::y, in the
4010f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * range.
4011f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
4012f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXNameRange_WantQualifier = 0x1,
4013f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4014f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
4015f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Include the explicit template arguments, e.g. \<int> in x.f<int>,
4016f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * in the range.
4017f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
4018f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXNameRange_WantTemplateArgs = 0x2,
4019f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4020f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
4021f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief If the name is non-contiguous, return the full spanning range.
4022f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *
4023f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * Non-contiguous names occur in Objective-C when a selector with two or more
4024f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * parameters is used, or in C++ when using an operator:
4025f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \code
4026*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc    * [object doSomething:here withValue:there]; // Objective-C
4027f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * return some_vector[1]; // C++
4028f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \endcode
4029f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
4030f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXNameRange_WantSinglePiece = 0x4
4031f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc };
4032f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4033f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
4034f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * @}
4035f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
4036f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4037f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
4038f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \defgroup CINDEX_LEX Token extraction and manipulation
4039f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4040f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * The routines in this group provide access to the tokens within a
4041f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * translation unit, along with a semantic mapping of those tokens to
4042f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * their corresponding cursors.
4043f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4044f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * @{
4045f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
4046f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4047f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
4048f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Describes a kind of token.
4049f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
4050f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc typedef enum CXTokenKind {
4051f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
4052f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief A token that contains some kind of punctuation.
4053f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
4054f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXToken_Punctuation,
4055f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4056f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
4057f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief A language keyword.
4058f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
4059f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXToken_Keyword,
4060f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4061f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
4062f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief An identifier (that is not a keyword).
4063f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
4064f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXToken_Identifier,
4065f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4066f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
4067f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief A numeric, string, or character literal.
4068f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
4069f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXToken_Literal,
4070f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4071f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
4072f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief A comment.
4073f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
4074f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXToken_Comment
4075f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc } CXTokenKind;
4076f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4077f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
4078f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Describes a single preprocessing token.
4079f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
4080f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc typedef struct {
4081f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   unsigned int_data[4];
4082f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   void *ptr_data;
4083f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc } CXToken;
4084f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4085f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
4086f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Determine the kind of the given token.
4087f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
4088f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXTokenKind clang_getTokenKind(CXToken);
4089f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4090f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
4091f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Determine the spelling of the given token.
4092f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4093f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * The spelling of a token is the textual representation of that token, e.g.,
4094f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * the text of an identifier or keyword.
4095f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
4096f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getTokenSpelling(CXTranslationUnit, CXToken);
4097f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4098f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
4099f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieve the source location of the given token.
4100f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
4101f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceLocation clang_getTokenLocation(CXTranslationUnit,
4102f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                                        CXToken);
4103f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4104f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
4105f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieve a source range that covers the given token.
4106f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
4107f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceRange clang_getTokenExtent(CXTranslationUnit, CXToken);
4108f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4109f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
4110f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Tokenize the source code described by the given range into raw
4111f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * lexical tokens.
4112f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4113f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param TU the translation unit whose text is being tokenized.
4114f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4115f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param Range the source range in which text should be tokenized. All of the
4116f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * tokens produced by tokenization will fall within this source range,
4117f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4118f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param Tokens this pointer will be set to point to the array of tokens
4119f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * that occur within the given source range. The returned pointer must be
4120f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * freed with clang_disposeTokens() before the translation unit is destroyed.
4121f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4122f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param NumTokens will be set to the number of tokens in the \c *Tokens
4123f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * array.
4124f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4125f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
4126f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_tokenize(CXTranslationUnit TU, CXSourceRange Range,
4127f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                    CXToken **Tokens, unsigned *NumTokens);
4128f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4129f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
4130f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Annotate the given set of tokens by providing cursors for each token
4131f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * that can be mapped to a specific entity within the abstract syntax tree.
4132f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4133f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * This token-annotation routine is equivalent to invoking
4134f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * clang_getCursor() for the source locations of each of the
4135f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * tokens. The cursors provided are filtered, so that only those
4136f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * cursors that have a direct correspondence to the token are
4137f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * accepted. For example, given a function call \c f(x),
4138f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * clang_getCursor() would provide the following cursors:
4139f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4140f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *   * when the cursor is over the 'f', a DeclRefExpr cursor referring to 'f'.
4141f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *   * when the cursor is over the '(' or the ')', a CallExpr referring to 'f'.
4142f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *   * when the cursor is over the 'x', a DeclRefExpr cursor referring to 'x'.
4143f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4144f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * Only the first and last of these cursors will occur within the
4145f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * annotate, since the tokens "f" and "x' directly refer to a function
4146f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * and a variable, respectively, but the parentheses are just a small
4147f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * part of the full syntax of the function call expression, which is
4148f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * not provided as an annotation.
4149f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4150f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param TU the translation unit that owns the given tokens.
4151f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4152f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param Tokens the set of tokens to annotate.
4153f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4154f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param NumTokens the number of tokens in \p Tokens.
4155f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4156f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param Cursors an array of \p NumTokens cursors, whose contents will be
4157f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * replaced with the cursors corresponding to each token.
4158f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
4159f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_annotateTokens(CXTranslationUnit TU,
4160f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                          CXToken *Tokens, unsigned NumTokens,
4161f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                          CXCursor *Cursors);
4162f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4163f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
4164f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Free the given set of tokens.
4165f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
4166f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_disposeTokens(CXTranslationUnit TU,
4167f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                         CXToken *Tokens, unsigned NumTokens);
4168f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4169f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
4170f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * @}
4171f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
4172f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4173f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
4174f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \defgroup CINDEX_DEBUG Debugging facilities
4175f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4176f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * These routines are used for testing and debugging, only, and should not
4177f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * be relied upon.
4178f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4179f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * @{
4180f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
4181f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4182f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /* for debug/testing */
4183f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getCursorKindSpelling(enum CXCursorKind Kind);
4184f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_getDefinitionSpellingAndExtent(CXCursor,
4185f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                           const char **startBuf,
4186f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                           const char **endBuf,
4187f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                           unsigned *startLine,
4188f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                           unsigned *startColumn,
4189f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                           unsigned *endLine,
4190f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                           unsigned *endColumn);
4191f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_enableStackTraces(void);
4192f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_executeOnThread(void (*fn)(void*), void *user_data,
4193f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                           unsigned stack_size);
4194f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4195f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
4196f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * @}
4197f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
4198f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4199f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
4200f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \defgroup CINDEX_CODE_COMPLET Code completion
4201f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4202f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * Code completion involves taking an (incomplete) source file, along with
4203f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * knowledge of where the user is actively editing that file, and suggesting
4204f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * syntactically- and semantically-valid constructs that the user might want to
4205f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * use at that particular point in the source code. These data structures and
4206f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * routines provide support for code completion.
4207f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4208f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * @{
4209f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
4210f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4211f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
4212f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief A semantic string that describes a code-completion result.
4213f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4214f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * A semantic string that describes the formatting of a code-completion
4215f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * result as a single "template" of text that should be inserted into the
4216f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * source buffer when a particular code-completion result is selected.
4217f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * Each semantic string is made up of some number of "chunks", each of which
4218f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * contains some text along with a description of what that text means, e.g.,
4219f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * the name of the entity being referenced, whether the text chunk is part of
4220f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * the template, or whether it is a "placeholder" that the user should replace
4221f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * with actual code,of a specific kind. See \c CXCompletionChunkKind for a
4222f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * description of the different kinds of chunks.
4223f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
4224f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc typedef void *CXCompletionString;
4225f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4226f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
4227f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief A single result of code completion.
4228f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
4229f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc typedef struct {
4230f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
4231f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief The kind of entity that this completion refers to.
4232f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *
4233f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * The cursor kind will be a macro, keyword, or a declaration (one of the
4234f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * *Decl cursor kinds), describing the entity that the completion is
4235f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * referring to.
4236f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *
4237f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \todo In the future, we would like to provide a full cursor, to allow
4238f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * the client to extract additional information from declaration.
4239f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
4240f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   enum CXCursorKind CursorKind;
4241f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4242f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
4243f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief The code-completion string that describes how to insert this
4244f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * code-completion result into the editing buffer.
4245f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
4246f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCompletionString CompletionString;
4247f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc } CXCompletionResult;
4248f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4249f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
4250f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Describes a single piece of text within a code-completion string.
4251f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4252f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * Each "chunk" within a code-completion string (\c CXCompletionString) is
4253f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * either a piece of text with a specific "kind" that describes how that text
4254f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * should be interpreted by the client or is another completion string.
4255f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
4256f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc enum CXCompletionChunkKind {
4257f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
4258f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief A code-completion string that describes "optional" text that
4259f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * could be a part of the template (but is not required).
4260f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *
4261f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * The Optional chunk is the only kind of chunk that has a code-completion
4262f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * string for its representation, which is accessible via
4263f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \c clang_getCompletionChunkCompletionString(). The code-completion string
4264f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * describes an additional part of the template that is completely optional.
4265f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * For example, optional chunks can be used to describe the placeholders for
4266f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * arguments that match up with defaulted function parameters, e.g. given:
4267f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *
4268f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \code
4269f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * void f(int x, float y = 3.14, double z = 2.71828);
4270f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \endcode
4271f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *
4272f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * The code-completion string for this function would contain:
4273f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *   - a TypedText chunk for "f".
4274f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *   - a LeftParen chunk for "(".
4275f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *   - a Placeholder chunk for "int x"
4276f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *   - an Optional chunk containing the remaining defaulted arguments, e.g.,
4277f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *       - a Comma chunk for ","
4278f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *       - a Placeholder chunk for "float y"
4279f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *       - an Optional chunk containing the last defaulted argument:
4280f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *           - a Comma chunk for ","
4281f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *           - a Placeholder chunk for "double z"
4282f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *   - a RightParen chunk for ")"
4283f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *
4284f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * There are many ways to handle Optional chunks. Two simple approaches are:
4285f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *   - Completely ignore optional chunks, in which case the template for the
4286f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *     function "f" would only include the first parameter ("int x").
4287f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *   - Fully expand all optional chunks, in which case the template for the
4288f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *     function "f" would have all of the parameters.
4289f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
4290f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCompletionChunk_Optional,
4291f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
4292f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Text that a user would be expected to type to get this
4293f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * code-completion result.
4294f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *
4295f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * There will be exactly one "typed text" chunk in a semantic string, which
4296f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * will typically provide the spelling of a keyword or the name of a
4297f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * declaration that could be used at the current code point. Clients are
4298f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * expected to filter the code-completion results based on the text in this
4299f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * chunk.
4300f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
4301f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCompletionChunk_TypedText,
4302f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
4303f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Text that should be inserted as part of a code-completion result.
4304f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *
4305f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * A "text" chunk represents text that is part of the template to be
4306f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * inserted into user code should this particular code-completion result
4307f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * be selected.
4308f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
4309f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCompletionChunk_Text,
4310f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
4311f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Placeholder text that should be replaced by the user.
4312f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *
4313f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * A "placeholder" chunk marks a place where the user should insert text
4314f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * into the code-completion template. For example, placeholders might mark
4315f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * the function parameters for a function declaration, to indicate that the
4316f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * user should provide arguments for each of those parameters. The actual
4317f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * text in a placeholder is a suggestion for the text to display before
4318f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * the user replaces the placeholder with real code.
4319f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
4320f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCompletionChunk_Placeholder,
4321f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
4322f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Informative text that should be displayed but never inserted as
4323f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * part of the template.
4324f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *
4325f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * An "informative" chunk contains annotations that can be displayed to
4326f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * help the user decide whether a particular code-completion result is the
4327f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * right option, but which is not part of the actual template to be inserted
4328f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * by code completion.
4329f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
4330f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCompletionChunk_Informative,
4331f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
4332f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Text that describes the current parameter when code-completion is
4333f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * referring to function call, message send, or template specialization.
4334f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *
4335f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * A "current parameter" chunk occurs when code-completion is providing
4336f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * information about a parameter corresponding to the argument at the
4337f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * code-completion point. For example, given a function
4338f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *
4339f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \code
4340f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * int add(int x, int y);
4341f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \endcode
4342f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *
4343f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * and the source code \c add(, where the code-completion point is after the
4344f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * "(", the code-completion string will contain a "current parameter" chunk
4345f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * for "int x", indicating that the current argument will initialize that
4346f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * parameter. After typing further, to \c add(17, (where the code-completion
4347f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * point is after the ","), the code-completion string will contain a
4348f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * "current paremeter" chunk to "int y".
4349f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
4350f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCompletionChunk_CurrentParameter,
4351f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
4352f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief A left parenthesis ('('), used to initiate a function call or
4353f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * signal the beginning of a function parameter list.
4354f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
4355f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCompletionChunk_LeftParen,
4356f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
4357f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief A right parenthesis (')'), used to finish a function call or
4358f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * signal the end of a function parameter list.
4359f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
4360f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCompletionChunk_RightParen,
4361f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
4362f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief A left bracket ('[').
4363f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
4364f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCompletionChunk_LeftBracket,
4365f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
4366f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief A right bracket (']').
4367f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
4368f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCompletionChunk_RightBracket,
4369f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
4370f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief A left brace ('{').
4371f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
4372f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCompletionChunk_LeftBrace,
4373f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
4374f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief A right brace ('}').
4375f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
4376f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCompletionChunk_RightBrace,
4377f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
4378f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief A left angle bracket ('<').
4379f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
4380f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCompletionChunk_LeftAngle,
4381f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
4382f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief A right angle bracket ('>').
4383f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
4384f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCompletionChunk_RightAngle,
4385f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
4386f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief A comma separator (',').
4387f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
4388f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCompletionChunk_Comma,
4389f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
4390f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Text that specifies the result type of a given result.
4391f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *
4392f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * This special kind of informative chunk is not meant to be inserted into
4393f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * the text buffer. Rather, it is meant to illustrate the type that an
4394f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * expression using the given completion string would have.
4395f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
4396f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCompletionChunk_ResultType,
4397f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
4398f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief A colon (':').
4399f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
4400f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCompletionChunk_Colon,
4401f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
4402f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief A semicolon (';').
4403f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
4404f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCompletionChunk_SemiColon,
4405f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
4406f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief An '=' sign.
4407f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
4408f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCompletionChunk_Equal,
4409f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
4410f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * Horizontal space (' ').
4411f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
4412f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCompletionChunk_HorizontalSpace,
4413f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
4414f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * Vertical space ('\n'), after which it is generally a good idea to
4415f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * perform indentation.
4416f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
4417f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCompletionChunk_VerticalSpace
4418f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc };
4419f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4420f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
4421f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Determine the kind of a particular chunk within a completion string.
4422f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4423f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param completion_string the completion string to query.
4424f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4425f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param chunk_number the 0-based index of the chunk in the completion string.
4426f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4427f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \returns the kind of the chunk at the index \c chunk_number.
4428f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
4429f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXCompletionChunkKind
4430f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc clang_getCompletionChunkKind(CXCompletionString completion_string,
4431f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                              unsigned chunk_number);
4432f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4433f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
4434f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieve the text associated with a particular chunk within a
4435f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * completion string.
4436f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4437f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param completion_string the completion string to query.
4438f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4439f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param chunk_number the 0-based index of the chunk in the completion string.
4440f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4441f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \returns the text associated with the chunk at index \c chunk_number.
4442f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
4443f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString
4444f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc clang_getCompletionChunkText(CXCompletionString completion_string,
4445f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                              unsigned chunk_number);
4446f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4447f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
4448f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieve the completion string associated with a particular chunk
4449f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * within a completion string.
4450f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4451f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param completion_string the completion string to query.
4452f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4453f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param chunk_number the 0-based index of the chunk in the completion string.
4454f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4455f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \returns the completion string associated with the chunk at index
4456f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \c chunk_number.
4457f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
4458f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCompletionString
4459f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc clang_getCompletionChunkCompletionString(CXCompletionString completion_string,
4460f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                          unsigned chunk_number);
4461f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4462f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
4463f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieve the number of chunks in the given code-completion string.
4464f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
4465f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned
4466f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc clang_getNumCompletionChunks(CXCompletionString completion_string);
4467f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4468f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
4469f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Determine the priority of this code completion.
4470f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4471f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * The priority of a code completion indicates how likely it is that this
4472f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * particular completion is the completion that the user will select. The
4473f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * priority is selected by various internal heuristics.
4474f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4475f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param completion_string The completion string to query.
4476f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4477f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \returns The priority of this completion string. Smaller values indicate
4478f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * higher-priority (more likely) completions.
4479f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
4480f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned
4481f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc clang_getCompletionPriority(CXCompletionString completion_string);
4482f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4483f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
4484f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Determine the availability of the entity that this code-completion
4485f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * string refers to.
4486f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4487f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param completion_string The completion string to query.
4488f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4489f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \returns The availability of the completion string.
4490f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
4491f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXAvailabilityKind
4492f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc clang_getCompletionAvailability(CXCompletionString completion_string);
4493f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4494f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
4495f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieve the number of annotations associated with the given
4496f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * completion string.
4497f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4498f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param completion_string the completion string to query.
4499f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4500f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \returns the number of annotations associated with the given completion
4501f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * string.
4502f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
4503f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned
4504f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc clang_getCompletionNumAnnotations(CXCompletionString completion_string);
4505f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4506f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
4507f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieve the annotation associated with the given completion string.
4508f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4509f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param completion_string the completion string to query.
4510f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4511f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param annotation_number the 0-based index of the annotation of the
4512f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * completion string.
4513f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4514f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \returns annotation string associated with the completion at index
4515f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \c annotation_number, or a NULL string if that annotation is not available.
4516f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
4517f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString
4518f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc clang_getCompletionAnnotation(CXCompletionString completion_string,
4519f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                               unsigned annotation_number);
4520f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4521f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
4522f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieve the parent context of the given completion string.
4523f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4524f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * The parent context of a completion string is the semantic parent of
4525f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * the declaration (if any) that the code completion represents. For example,
4526f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * a code completion for an Objective-C method would have the method's class
4527f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * or protocol as its context.
4528f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4529f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param completion_string The code completion string whose parent is
4530f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * being queried.
4531f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4532f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param kind DEPRECATED: always set to CXCursor_NotImplemented if non-NULL.
4533f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4534f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \returns The name of the completion parent, e.g., "NSObject" if
4535f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * the completion string represents a method in the NSObject class.
4536f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
4537f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString
4538f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc clang_getCompletionParent(CXCompletionString completion_string,
4539f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                           enum CXCursorKind *kind);
4540f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4541f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
4542f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieve the brief documentation comment attached to the declaration
4543f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * that corresponds to the given completion string.
4544f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
4545f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString
4546f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc clang_getCompletionBriefComment(CXCompletionString completion_string);
4547f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4548f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
4549f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieve a completion string for an arbitrary declaration or macro
4550f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * definition cursor.
4551f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4552f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param cursor The cursor to query.
4553f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4554f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \returns A non-context-sensitive completion string for declaration and macro
4555f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * definition cursors, or NULL for other kinds of cursors.
4556f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
4557f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCompletionString
4558f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc clang_getCursorCompletionString(CXCursor cursor);
4559f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4560f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
4561f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Contains the results of code-completion.
4562f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4563f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * This data structure contains the results of code completion, as
4564f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * produced by \c clang_codeCompleteAt(). Its contents must be freed by
4565f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \c clang_disposeCodeCompleteResults.
4566f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
4567f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc typedef struct {
4568f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
4569f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief The code-completion results.
4570f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
4571f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCompletionResult *Results;
4572f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4573f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
4574f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief The number of code-completion results stored in the
4575f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \c Results array.
4576f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
4577f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   unsigned NumResults;
4578f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc } CXCodeCompleteResults;
4579f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4580f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
4581f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Flags that can be passed to \c clang_codeCompleteAt() to
4582f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * modify its behavior.
4583f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4584f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * The enumerators in this enumeration can be bitwise-OR'd together to
4585f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * provide multiple options to \c clang_codeCompleteAt().
4586f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
4587f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc enum CXCodeComplete_Flags {
4588f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
4589f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Whether to include macros within the set of code
4590f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * completions returned.
4591f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
4592f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCodeComplete_IncludeMacros = 0x01,
4593f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4594f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
4595f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Whether to include code patterns for language constructs
4596f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * within the set of code completions, e.g., for loops.
4597f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
4598f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCodeComplete_IncludeCodePatterns = 0x02,
4599f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4600f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
4601f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Whether to include brief documentation within the set of code
4602f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * completions returned.
4603f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
4604f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCodeComplete_IncludeBriefComments = 0x04
4605f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc };
4606f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4607f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
4608f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Bits that represent the context under which completion is occurring.
4609f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4610f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * The enumerators in this enumeration may be bitwise-OR'd together if multiple
4611f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * contexts are occurring simultaneously.
4612f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
4613f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc enum CXCompletionContext {
4614f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
4615f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief The context for completions is unexposed, as only Clang results
4616f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * should be included. (This is equivalent to having no context bits set.)
4617f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
4618f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCompletionContext_Unexposed = 0,
4619f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4620f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
4621f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Completions for any possible type should be included in the results.
4622f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
4623f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCompletionContext_AnyType = 1 << 0,
4624f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4625f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
4626f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Completions for any possible value (variables, function calls, etc.)
4627f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * should be included in the results.
4628f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
4629f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCompletionContext_AnyValue = 1 << 1,
4630f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
4631f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Completions for values that resolve to an Objective-C object should
4632f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * be included in the results.
4633f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
4634f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCompletionContext_ObjCObjectValue = 1 << 2,
4635f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
4636f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Completions for values that resolve to an Objective-C selector
4637f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * should be included in the results.
4638f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
4639f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCompletionContext_ObjCSelectorValue = 1 << 3,
4640f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
4641f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Completions for values that resolve to a C++ class type should be
4642f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * included in the results.
4643f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
4644f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCompletionContext_CXXClassTypeValue = 1 << 4,
4645f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4646f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
4647f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Completions for fields of the member being accessed using the dot
4648f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * operator should be included in the results.
4649f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
4650f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCompletionContext_DotMemberAccess = 1 << 5,
4651f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
4652f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Completions for fields of the member being accessed using the arrow
4653f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * operator should be included in the results.
4654f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
4655f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCompletionContext_ArrowMemberAccess = 1 << 6,
4656f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
4657f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Completions for properties of the Objective-C object being accessed
4658f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * using the dot operator should be included in the results.
4659f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
4660f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCompletionContext_ObjCPropertyAccess = 1 << 7,
4661f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4662f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
4663f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Completions for enum tags should be included in the results.
4664f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
4665f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCompletionContext_EnumTag = 1 << 8,
4666f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
4667f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Completions for union tags should be included in the results.
4668f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
4669f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCompletionContext_UnionTag = 1 << 9,
4670f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
4671f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Completions for struct tags should be included in the results.
4672f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
4673f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCompletionContext_StructTag = 1 << 10,
4674f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4675f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
4676f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Completions for C++ class names should be included in the results.
4677f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
4678f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCompletionContext_ClassTag = 1 << 11,
4679f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
4680f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Completions for C++ namespaces and namespace aliases should be
4681f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * included in the results.
4682f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
4683f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCompletionContext_Namespace = 1 << 12,
4684f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
4685f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Completions for C++ nested name specifiers should be included in
4686f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * the results.
4687f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
4688f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCompletionContext_NestedNameSpecifier = 1 << 13,
4689f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4690f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
4691f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Completions for Objective-C interfaces (classes) should be included
4692f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * in the results.
4693f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
4694f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCompletionContext_ObjCInterface = 1 << 14,
4695f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
4696f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Completions for Objective-C protocols should be included in
4697f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * the results.
4698f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
4699f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCompletionContext_ObjCProtocol = 1 << 15,
4700f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
4701f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Completions for Objective-C categories should be included in
4702f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * the results.
4703f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
4704f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCompletionContext_ObjCCategory = 1 << 16,
4705f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
4706f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Completions for Objective-C instance messages should be included
4707f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * in the results.
4708f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
4709f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCompletionContext_ObjCInstanceMessage = 1 << 17,
4710f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
4711f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Completions for Objective-C class messages should be included in
4712f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * the results.
4713f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
4714f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCompletionContext_ObjCClassMessage = 1 << 18,
4715f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
4716f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Completions for Objective-C selector names should be included in
4717f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * the results.
4718f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
4719f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCompletionContext_ObjCSelectorName = 1 << 19,
4720f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4721f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
4722f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Completions for preprocessor macro names should be included in
4723f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * the results.
4724f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
4725f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCompletionContext_MacroName = 1 << 20,
4726f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4727f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
4728f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Natural language completions should be included in the results.
4729f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
4730f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCompletionContext_NaturalLanguage = 1 << 21,
4731f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4732f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
4733f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief The current context is unknown, so set all contexts.
4734f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
4735f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCompletionContext_Unknown = ((1 << 22) - 1)
4736f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc };
4737f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4738f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
4739f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Returns a default set of code-completion options that can be
4740f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * passed to\c clang_codeCompleteAt().
4741f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
4742f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_defaultCodeCompleteOptions(void);
4743f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4744f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
4745f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Perform code completion at a given location in a translation unit.
4746f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4747f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * This function performs code completion at a particular file, line, and
4748f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * column within source code, providing results that suggest potential
4749f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * code snippets based on the context of the completion. The basic model
4750f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * for code completion is that Clang will parse a complete source file,
4751f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * performing syntax checking up to the location where code-completion has
4752f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * been requested. At that point, a special code-completion token is passed
4753f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * to the parser, which recognizes this token and determines, based on the
4754f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * current location in the C/Objective-C/C++ grammar and the state of
4755f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * semantic analysis, what completions to provide. These completions are
4756f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * returned via a new \c CXCodeCompleteResults structure.
4757f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4758f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * Code completion itself is meant to be triggered by the client when the
4759f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * user types punctuation characters or whitespace, at which point the
4760f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * code-completion location will coincide with the cursor. For example, if \c p
4761f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * is a pointer, code-completion might be triggered after the "-" and then
4762f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * after the ">" in \c p->. When the code-completion location is afer the ">",
4763f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * the completion results will provide, e.g., the members of the struct that
4764f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * "p" points to. The client is responsible for placing the cursor at the
4765f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * beginning of the token currently being typed, then filtering the results
4766f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * based on the contents of the token. For example, when code-completing for
4767f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * the expression \c p->get, the client should provide the location just after
4768f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * the ">" (e.g., pointing at the "g") to this code-completion hook. Then, the
4769f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * client can filter the results based on the current token text ("get"), only
4770f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * showing those results that start with "get". The intent of this interface
4771f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * is to separate the relatively high-latency acquisition of code-completion
4772f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * results from the filtering of results on a per-character basis, which must
4773f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * have a lower latency.
4774f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4775f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param TU The translation unit in which code-completion should
4776f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * occur. The source files for this translation unit need not be
4777f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * completely up-to-date (and the contents of those source files may
4778f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * be overridden via \p unsaved_files). Cursors referring into the
4779f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * translation unit may be invalidated by this invocation.
4780f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4781f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param complete_filename The name of the source file where code
4782f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * completion should be performed. This filename may be any file
4783f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * included in the translation unit.
4784f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4785f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param complete_line The line at which code-completion should occur.
4786f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4787f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param complete_column The column at which code-completion should occur.
4788f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * Note that the column should point just after the syntactic construct that
4789f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * initiated code completion, and not in the middle of a lexical token.
4790f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4791f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param unsaved_files the Tiles that have not yet been saved to disk
4792f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * but may be required for parsing or code completion, including the
4793f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * contents of those files.  The contents and name of these files (as
4794f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * specified by CXUnsavedFile) are copied when necessary, so the
4795f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * client only needs to guarantee their validity until the call to
4796f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * this function returns.
4797f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4798f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param num_unsaved_files The number of unsaved file entries in \p
4799f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * unsaved_files.
4800f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4801f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param options Extra options that control the behavior of code
4802f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * completion, expressed as a bitwise OR of the enumerators of the
4803f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * CXCodeComplete_Flags enumeration. The
4804f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \c clang_defaultCodeCompleteOptions() function returns a default set
4805f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * of code-completion options.
4806f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4807f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \returns If successful, a new \c CXCodeCompleteResults structure
4808f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * containing code-completion results, which should eventually be
4809f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * freed with \c clang_disposeCodeCompleteResults(). If code
4810f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * completion fails, returns NULL.
4811f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
4812f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE
4813f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CXCodeCompleteResults *clang_codeCompleteAt(CXTranslationUnit TU,
4814f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                             const char *complete_filename,
4815f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                             unsigned complete_line,
4816f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                             unsigned complete_column,
4817f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                             struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files,
4818f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                             unsigned num_unsaved_files,
4819f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                             unsigned options);
4820f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4821f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
4822f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Sort the code-completion results in case-insensitive alphabetical
4823f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * order.
4824f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4825f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param Results The set of results to sort.
4826f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param NumResults The number of results in \p Results.
4827f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
4828f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE
4829f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc void clang_sortCodeCompletionResults(CXCompletionResult *Results,
4830f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                      unsigned NumResults);
4831f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4832f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
4833f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Free the given set of code-completion results.
4834f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
4835f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE
4836f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc void clang_disposeCodeCompleteResults(CXCodeCompleteResults *Results);
4837f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4838f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
4839f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Determine the number of diagnostics produced prior to the
4840f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * location where code completion was performed.
4841f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
4842f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE
4843f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc unsigned clang_codeCompleteGetNumDiagnostics(CXCodeCompleteResults *Results);
4844f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4845f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
4846f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieve a diagnostic associated with the given code completion.
4847f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4848f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param Results the code completion results to query.
4849f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param Index the zero-based diagnostic number to retrieve.
4850f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4851f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \returns the requested diagnostic. This diagnostic must be freed
4852f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * via a call to \c clang_disposeDiagnostic().
4853f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
4854f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE
4855f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CXDiagnostic clang_codeCompleteGetDiagnostic(CXCodeCompleteResults *Results,
4856f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                              unsigned Index);
4857f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4858f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
4859*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Determines what completions are appropriate for the context
4860f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * the given code completion.
4861f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4862f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param Results the code completion results to query
4863f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4864f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \returns the kinds of completions that are appropriate for use
4865f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * along with the given code completion results.
4866f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
4867f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE
4868f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc unsigned long long clang_codeCompleteGetContexts(
4869f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                                 CXCodeCompleteResults *Results);
4870f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4871f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
4872f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Returns the cursor kind for the container for the current code
4873f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * completion context. The container is only guaranteed to be set for
4874f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * contexts where a container exists (i.e. member accesses or Objective-C
4875f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * message sends); if there is not a container, this function will return
4876f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * CXCursor_InvalidCode.
4877f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4878f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param Results the code completion results to query
4879f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4880f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param IsIncomplete on return, this value will be false if Clang has complete
4881f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * information about the container. If Clang does not have complete
4882f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * information, this value will be true.
4883f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4884f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \returns the container kind, or CXCursor_InvalidCode if there is not a
4885f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * container
4886f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
4887f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE
4888f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc enum CXCursorKind clang_codeCompleteGetContainerKind(
4889f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                                  CXCodeCompleteResults *Results,
4890f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                                      unsigned *IsIncomplete);
4891f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4892f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
4893f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Returns the USR for the container for the current code completion
4894f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * context. If there is not a container for the current context, this
4895f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * function will return the empty string.
4896f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4897f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param Results the code completion results to query
4898f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4899f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \returns the USR for the container
4900f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
4901f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE
4902f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CXString clang_codeCompleteGetContainerUSR(CXCodeCompleteResults *Results);
4903f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4904f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4905f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
4906f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Returns the currently-entered selector for an Objective-C message
4907f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * send, formatted like "initWithFoo:bar:". Only guaranteed to return a
4908f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * non-empty string for CXCompletionContext_ObjCInstanceMessage and
4909f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * CXCompletionContext_ObjCClassMessage.
4910f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4911f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param Results the code completion results to query
4912f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4913f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \returns the selector (or partial selector) that has been entered thus far
4914f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * for an Objective-C message send.
4915f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
4916f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE
4917f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CXString clang_codeCompleteGetObjCSelector(CXCodeCompleteResults *Results);
4918f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4919f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
4920f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * @}
4921f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
4922f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4923f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4924f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
4925f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \defgroup CINDEX_MISC Miscellaneous utility functions
4926f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4927f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * @{
4928f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
4929f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4930f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
4931f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Return a version string, suitable for showing to a user, but not
4932f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *        intended to be parsed (the format is not guaranteed to be stable).
4933f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
4934f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getClangVersion(void);
4935f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4936f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4937f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
4938f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Enable/disable crash recovery.
4939f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4940f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param isEnabled Flag to indicate if crash recovery is enabled.  A non-zero
4941f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *        value enables crash recovery, while 0 disables it.
4942f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
4943f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_toggleCrashRecovery(unsigned isEnabled);
4944f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4945f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  /**
4946f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   * \brief Visitor invoked for each file in a translation unit
4947f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   *        (used with clang_getInclusions()).
4948f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   *
4949f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   * This visitor function will be invoked by clang_getInclusions() for each
4950f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   * file included (either at the top-level or by \#include directives) within
4951f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   * a translation unit.  The first argument is the file being included, and
4952f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   * the second and third arguments provide the inclusion stack.  The
4953f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   * array is sorted in order of immediate inclusion.  For example,
4954f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   * the first element refers to the location that included 'included_file'.
4955f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   */
4956f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc typedef void (*CXInclusionVisitor)(CXFile included_file,
4957f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                    CXSourceLocation* inclusion_stack,
4958f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                    unsigned include_len,
4959f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                    CXClientData client_data);
4960f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4961f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
4962f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Visit the set of preprocessor inclusions in a translation unit.
4963f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *   The visitor function is called with the provided data for every included
4964f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *   file.  This does not include headers included by the PCH file (unless one
4965f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *   is inspecting the inclusions in the PCH file itself).
4966f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
4967f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_getInclusions(CXTranslationUnit tu,
4968f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                         CXInclusionVisitor visitor,
4969f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                         CXClientData client_data);
4970f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4971f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
4972f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * @}
4973f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
4974f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4975f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /** \defgroup CINDEX_REMAPPING Remapping functions
4976f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4977f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * @{
4978f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
4979f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4980f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
4981f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief A remapping of original source files and their translated files.
4982f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
4983f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc typedef void *CXRemapping;
4984f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4985f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
4986f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieve a remapping.
4987f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4988f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param path the path that contains metadata about remappings.
4989f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4990f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \returns the requested remapping. This remapping must be freed
4991f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * via a call to \c clang_remap_dispose(). Can return NULL if an error occurred.
4992f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
4993f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXRemapping clang_getRemappings(const char *path);
4994f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
4995f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
4996f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieve a remapping.
4997f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
4998f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param filePaths pointer to an array of file paths containing remapping info.
4999f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
5000f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param numFiles number of file paths.
5001f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
5002f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \returns the requested remapping. This remapping must be freed
5003f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * via a call to \c clang_remap_dispose(). Can return NULL if an error occurred.
5004f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
5005f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE
5006f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CXRemapping clang_getRemappingsFromFileList(const char **filePaths,
5007f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                             unsigned numFiles);
5008f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5009f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
5010f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Determine the number of remappings.
5011f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
5012f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_remap_getNumFiles(CXRemapping);
5013f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5014f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
5015f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Get the original and the associated filename from the remapping.
5016f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
5017f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param original If non-NULL, will be set to the original filename.
5018f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
5019f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param transformed If non-NULL, will be set to the filename that the original
5020f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * is associated with.
5021f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
5022f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_remap_getFilenames(CXRemapping, unsigned index,
5023f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                      CXString *original, CXString *transformed);
5024f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5025f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
5026f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Dispose the remapping.
5027f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
5028f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_remap_dispose(CXRemapping);
5029f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5030f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
5031f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * @}
5032f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
5033f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5034f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /** \defgroup CINDEX_HIGH Higher level API functions
5035f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
5036f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * @{
5037f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
5038f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5039f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc enum CXVisitorResult {
5040f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXVisit_Break,
5041f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXVisit_Continue
5042f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc };
5043f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5044f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc typedef struct {
5045f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   void *context;
5046f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   enum CXVisitorResult (*visit)(void *context, CXCursor, CXSourceRange);
5047f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc } CXCursorAndRangeVisitor;
5048f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5049f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc typedef enum {
5050f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
5051f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Function returned successfully.
5052f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
5053f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXResult_Success = 0,
5054f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
5055f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief One of the parameters was invalid for the function.
5056f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
5057f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXResult_Invalid = 1,
5058f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
5059f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief The function was terminated by a callback (e.g. it returned
5060f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * CXVisit_Break)
5061f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
5062f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXResult_VisitBreak = 2
5063f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5064f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc } CXResult;
5065f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5066f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
5067f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Find references of a declaration in a specific file.
5068f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
5069f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param cursor pointing to a declaration or a reference of one.
5070f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
5071f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param file to search for references.
5072f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
5073f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param visitor callback that will receive pairs of CXCursor/CXSourceRange for
5074f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * each reference found.
5075f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * The CXSourceRange will point inside the file; if the reference is inside
5076f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * a macro (and not a macro argument) the CXSourceRange will be invalid.
5077f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
5078f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \returns one of the CXResult enumerators.
5079f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
5080f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXResult clang_findReferencesInFile(CXCursor cursor, CXFile file,
5081f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                                CXCursorAndRangeVisitor visitor);
5082f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5083f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
5084f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Find #import/#include directives in a specific file.
5085f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
5086f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param TU translation unit containing the file to query.
5087f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
5088f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param file to search for #import/#include directives.
5089f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
5090f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param visitor callback that will receive pairs of CXCursor/CXSourceRange for
5091f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * each directive found.
5092f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
5093f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \returns one of the CXResult enumerators.
5094f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
5095f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXResult clang_findIncludesInFile(CXTranslationUnit TU,
5096f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                                  CXFile file,
5097f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                               CXCursorAndRangeVisitor visitor);
5098f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5099f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc #ifdef __has_feature
5100f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc #  if __has_feature(blocks)
5101f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5102f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc typedef enum CXVisitorResult
5103f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc     (^CXCursorAndRangeVisitorBlock)(CXCursor, CXSourceRange);
5104f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5105f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE
5106f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CXResult clang_findReferencesInFileWithBlock(CXCursor, CXFile,
5107f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                              CXCursorAndRangeVisitorBlock);
5108f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5109f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE
5110f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CXResult clang_findIncludesInFileWithBlock(CXTranslationUnit, CXFile,
5111f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                            CXCursorAndRangeVisitorBlock);
5112f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5113f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc #  endif
5114f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc #endif
5115f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5116f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
5117f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief The client's data object that is associated with a CXFile.
5118f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
5119f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc typedef void *CXIdxClientFile;
5120f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5121f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
5122f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief The client's data object that is associated with a semantic entity.
5123f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
5124f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc typedef void *CXIdxClientEntity;
5125f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5126f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
5127f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief The client's data object that is associated with a semantic container
5128f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * of entities.
5129f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
5130f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc typedef void *CXIdxClientContainer;
5131f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5132f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
5133f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief The client's data object that is associated with an AST file (PCH
5134f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * or module).
5135f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
5136f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc typedef void *CXIdxClientASTFile;
5137f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5138f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
5139f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Source location passed to index callbacks.
5140f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
5141f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc typedef struct {
5142f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   void *ptr_data[2];
5143f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   unsigned int_data;
5144f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc } CXIdxLoc;
5145f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5146f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
5147f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Data for ppIncludedFile callback.
5148f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
5149f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc typedef struct {
5150f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
5151f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Location of '#' in the \#include/\#import directive.
5152f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
5153f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXIdxLoc hashLoc;
5154f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
5155f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Filename as written in the \#include/\#import directive.
5156f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
5157f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   const char *filename;
5158f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
5159f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief The actual file that the \#include/\#import directive resolved to.
5160f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
5161f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXFile file;
5162f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   int isImport;
5163f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   int isAngled;
5164f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
5165f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Non-zero if the directive was automatically turned into a module
5166f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * import.
5167f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
5168f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   int isModuleImport;
5169f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc } CXIdxIncludedFileInfo;
5170f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5171f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
5172f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Data for IndexerCallbacks#importedASTFile.
5173f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
5174f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc typedef struct {
5175f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
5176f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Top level AST file containing the imported PCH, module or submodule.
5177f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
5178f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXFile file;
5179f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
5180f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief The imported module or NULL if the AST file is a PCH.
5181f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
5182f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXModule module;
5183f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
5184f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Location where the file is imported. Applicable only for modules.
5185f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
5186f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXIdxLoc loc;
5187f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
5188f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Non-zero if an inclusion directive was automatically turned into
5189f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * a module import. Applicable only for modules.
5190f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
5191f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   int isImplicit;
5192f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5193f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc } CXIdxImportedASTFileInfo;
5194f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5195f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc typedef enum {
5196f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXIdxEntity_Unexposed     = 0,
5197f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXIdxEntity_Typedef       = 1,
5198f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXIdxEntity_Function      = 2,
5199f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXIdxEntity_Variable      = 3,
5200f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXIdxEntity_Field         = 4,
5201f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXIdxEntity_EnumConstant  = 5,
5202f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5203f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXIdxEntity_ObjCClass     = 6,
5204f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXIdxEntity_ObjCProtocol  = 7,
5205f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXIdxEntity_ObjCCategory  = 8,
5206f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5207f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXIdxEntity_ObjCInstanceMethod = 9,
5208f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXIdxEntity_ObjCClassMethod    = 10,
5209f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXIdxEntity_ObjCProperty  = 11,
5210f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXIdxEntity_ObjCIvar      = 12,
5211f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5212f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXIdxEntity_Enum          = 13,
5213f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXIdxEntity_Struct        = 14,
5214f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXIdxEntity_Union         = 15,
5215f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5216f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXIdxEntity_CXXClass              = 16,
5217f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXIdxEntity_CXXNamespace          = 17,
5218f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXIdxEntity_CXXNamespaceAlias     = 18,
5219f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXIdxEntity_CXXStaticVariable     = 19,
5220f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXIdxEntity_CXXStaticMethod       = 20,
5221f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXIdxEntity_CXXInstanceMethod     = 21,
5222f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXIdxEntity_CXXConstructor        = 22,
5223f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXIdxEntity_CXXDestructor         = 23,
5224f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXIdxEntity_CXXConversionFunction = 24,
5225f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXIdxEntity_CXXTypeAlias          = 25,
5226f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXIdxEntity_CXXInterface          = 26
5227f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5228f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc } CXIdxEntityKind;
5229f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5230f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc typedef enum {
5231f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXIdxEntityLang_None = 0,
5232f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXIdxEntityLang_C    = 1,
5233f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXIdxEntityLang_ObjC = 2,
5234f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXIdxEntityLang_CXX  = 3
5235f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc } CXIdxEntityLanguage;
5236f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5237f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
5238f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Extra C++ template information for an entity. This can apply to:
5239f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * CXIdxEntity_Function
5240f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * CXIdxEntity_CXXClass
5241f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * CXIdxEntity_CXXStaticMethod
5242f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * CXIdxEntity_CXXInstanceMethod
5243f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * CXIdxEntity_CXXConstructor
5244f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * CXIdxEntity_CXXConversionFunction
5245f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * CXIdxEntity_CXXTypeAlias
5246f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
5247f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc typedef enum {
5248f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXIdxEntity_NonTemplate   = 0,
5249f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXIdxEntity_Template      = 1,
5250f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXIdxEntity_TemplatePartialSpecialization = 2,
5251f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXIdxEntity_TemplateSpecialization = 3
5252f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc } CXIdxEntityCXXTemplateKind;
5253f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5254f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc typedef enum {
5255f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXIdxAttr_Unexposed     = 0,
5256f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXIdxAttr_IBAction      = 1,
5257f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXIdxAttr_IBOutlet      = 2,
5258f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXIdxAttr_IBOutletCollection = 3
5259f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc } CXIdxAttrKind;
5260f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5261f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc typedef struct {
5262f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXIdxAttrKind kind;
5263f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor cursor;
5264f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXIdxLoc loc;
5265f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc } CXIdxAttrInfo;
5266f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5267f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc typedef struct {
5268f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXIdxEntityKind kind;
5269f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXIdxEntityCXXTemplateKind templateKind;
5270f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXIdxEntityLanguage lang;
5271f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   const char *name;
5272f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   const char *USR;
5273f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor cursor;
5274f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   const CXIdxAttrInfo *const *attributes;
5275f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   unsigned numAttributes;
5276f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc } CXIdxEntityInfo;
5277f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5278f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc typedef struct {
5279f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor cursor;
5280f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc } CXIdxContainerInfo;
5281f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5282f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc typedef struct {
5283f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   const CXIdxAttrInfo *attrInfo;
5284f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   const CXIdxEntityInfo *objcClass;
5285f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor classCursor;
5286f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXIdxLoc classLoc;
5287f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc } CXIdxIBOutletCollectionAttrInfo;
5288f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5289f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc typedef enum {
5290f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXIdxDeclFlag_Skipped = 0x1
5291f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc } CXIdxDeclInfoFlags;
5292f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5293f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc typedef struct {
5294f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   const CXIdxEntityInfo *entityInfo;
5295f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor cursor;
5296f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXIdxLoc loc;
5297f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   const CXIdxContainerInfo *semanticContainer;
5298f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
5299f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Generally same as #semanticContainer but can be different in
5300f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * cases like out-of-line C++ member functions.
5301f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
5302f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   const CXIdxContainerInfo *lexicalContainer;
5303f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   int isRedeclaration;
5304f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   int isDefinition;
5305f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   int isContainer;
5306f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   const CXIdxContainerInfo *declAsContainer;
5307f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
5308f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Whether the declaration exists in code or was created implicitly
5309*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc    * by the compiler, e.g. implicit Objective-C methods for properties.
5310f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
5311f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   int isImplicit;
5312f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   const CXIdxAttrInfo *const *attributes;
5313f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   unsigned numAttributes;
5314f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5315f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   unsigned flags;
5316f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5317f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc } CXIdxDeclInfo;
5318f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5319f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc typedef enum {
5320f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXIdxObjCContainer_ForwardRef = 0,
5321f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXIdxObjCContainer_Interface = 1,
5322f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXIdxObjCContainer_Implementation = 2
5323f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc } CXIdxObjCContainerKind;
5324f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5325f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc typedef struct {
5326f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   const CXIdxDeclInfo *declInfo;
5327f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXIdxObjCContainerKind kind;
5328f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc } CXIdxObjCContainerDeclInfo;
5329f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5330f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc typedef struct {
5331f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   const CXIdxEntityInfo *base;
5332f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor cursor;
5333f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXIdxLoc loc;
5334f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc } CXIdxBaseClassInfo;
5335f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5336f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc typedef struct {
5337f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   const CXIdxEntityInfo *protocol;
5338f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor cursor;
5339f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXIdxLoc loc;
5340f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc } CXIdxObjCProtocolRefInfo;
5341f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5342f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc typedef struct {
5343f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   const CXIdxObjCProtocolRefInfo *const *protocols;
5344f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   unsigned numProtocols;
5345f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc } CXIdxObjCProtocolRefListInfo;
5346f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5347f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc typedef struct {
5348f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   const CXIdxObjCContainerDeclInfo *containerInfo;
5349f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   const CXIdxBaseClassInfo *superInfo;
5350f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   const CXIdxObjCProtocolRefListInfo *protocols;
5351f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc } CXIdxObjCInterfaceDeclInfo;
5352f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5353f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc typedef struct {
5354f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   const CXIdxObjCContainerDeclInfo *containerInfo;
5355f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   const CXIdxEntityInfo *objcClass;
5356f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor classCursor;
5357f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXIdxLoc classLoc;
5358f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   const CXIdxObjCProtocolRefListInfo *protocols;
5359f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc } CXIdxObjCCategoryDeclInfo;
5360f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5361f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc typedef struct {
5362f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   const CXIdxDeclInfo *declInfo;
5363f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   const CXIdxEntityInfo *getter;
5364f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   const CXIdxEntityInfo *setter;
5365f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc } CXIdxObjCPropertyDeclInfo;
5366f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5367f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc typedef struct {
5368f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   const CXIdxDeclInfo *declInfo;
5369f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   const CXIdxBaseClassInfo *const *bases;
5370f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   unsigned numBases;
5371f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc } CXIdxCXXClassDeclInfo;
5372f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5373f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
5374f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Data for IndexerCallbacks#indexEntityReference.
5375f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
5376f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc typedef enum {
5377f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
5378f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief The entity is referenced directly in user's code.
5379f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
5380f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXIdxEntityRef_Direct = 1,
5381f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
5382*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc    * \brief An implicit reference, e.g. a reference of an Objective-C method
5383*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc    * via the dot syntax.
5384f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
5385f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXIdxEntityRef_Implicit = 2
5386f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc } CXIdxEntityRefKind;
5387f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5388f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
5389f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Data for IndexerCallbacks#indexEntityReference.
5390f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
5391f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc typedef struct {
5392f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXIdxEntityRefKind kind;
5393f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
5394f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Reference cursor.
5395f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
5396f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXCursor cursor;
5397f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXIdxLoc loc;
5398f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
5399f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief The entity that gets referenced.
5400f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
5401f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   const CXIdxEntityInfo *referencedEntity;
5402f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
5403f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Immediate "parent" of the reference. For example:
5404f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *
5405f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \code
5406f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * Foo *var;
5407f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \endcode
5408f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *
5409f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * The parent of reference of type 'Foo' is the variable 'var'.
5410f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * For references inside statement bodies of functions/methods,
5411f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * the parentEntity will be the function/method.
5412f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
5413f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   const CXIdxEntityInfo *parentEntity;
5414f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
5415f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Lexical container context of the reference.
5416f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
5417f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   const CXIdxContainerInfo *container;
5418f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc } CXIdxEntityRefInfo;
5419f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5420f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
5421f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief A group of callbacks used by #clang_indexSourceFile and
5422f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * #clang_indexTranslationUnit.
5423f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
5424f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc typedef struct {
5425f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
5426f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Called periodically to check whether indexing should be aborted.
5427f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * Should return 0 to continue, and non-zero to abort.
5428f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
5429f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   int (*abortQuery)(CXClientData client_data, void *reserved);
5430f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5431f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
5432f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Called at the end of indexing; passes the complete diagnostic set.
5433f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
5434f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   void (*diagnostic)(CXClientData client_data,
5435f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                      CXDiagnosticSet, void *reserved);
5436f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5437f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXIdxClientFile (*enteredMainFile)(CXClientData client_data,
5438f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                      CXFile mainFile, void *reserved);
5439f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5440f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
5441f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Called when a file gets \#included/\#imported.
5442f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
5443f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXIdxClientFile (*ppIncludedFile)(CXClientData client_data,
5444f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                     const CXIdxIncludedFileInfo *);
5445f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5446f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
5447f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Called when a AST file (PCH or module) gets imported.
5448f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    *
5449f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * AST files will not get indexed (there will not be callbacks to index all
5450f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * the entities in an AST file). The recommended action is that, if the AST
5451f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * file is not already indexed, to initiate a new indexing job specific to
5452f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * the AST file.
5453f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
5454f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXIdxClientASTFile (*importedASTFile)(CXClientData client_data,
5455f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                         const CXIdxImportedASTFileInfo *);
5456f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5457f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
5458f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Called at the beginning of indexing a translation unit.
5459f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
5460f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXIdxClientContainer (*startedTranslationUnit)(CXClientData client_data,
5461f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                                  void *reserved);
5462f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5463f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   void (*indexDeclaration)(CXClientData client_data,
5464f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                            const CXIdxDeclInfo *);
5465f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5466f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
5467f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Called to index a reference of an entity.
5468f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
5469f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   void (*indexEntityReference)(CXClientData client_data,
5470f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                const CXIdxEntityRefInfo *);
5471f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5472f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc } IndexerCallbacks;
5473f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5474f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_index_isEntityObjCContainerKind(CXIdxEntityKind);
5475f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE const CXIdxObjCContainerDeclInfo *
5476f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc clang_index_getObjCContainerDeclInfo(const CXIdxDeclInfo *);
5477f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5478f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE const CXIdxObjCInterfaceDeclInfo *
5479f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc clang_index_getObjCInterfaceDeclInfo(const CXIdxDeclInfo *);
5480f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5481f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE
5482f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc const CXIdxObjCCategoryDeclInfo *
5483f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc clang_index_getObjCCategoryDeclInfo(const CXIdxDeclInfo *);
5484f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5485f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE const CXIdxObjCProtocolRefListInfo *
5486f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc clang_index_getObjCProtocolRefListInfo(const CXIdxDeclInfo *);
5487f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5488f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE const CXIdxObjCPropertyDeclInfo *
5489f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc clang_index_getObjCPropertyDeclInfo(const CXIdxDeclInfo *);
5490f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5491f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE const CXIdxIBOutletCollectionAttrInfo *
5492f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc clang_index_getIBOutletCollectionAttrInfo(const CXIdxAttrInfo *);
5493f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5494f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE const CXIdxCXXClassDeclInfo *
5495f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc clang_index_getCXXClassDeclInfo(const CXIdxDeclInfo *);
5496f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5497f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
5498f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief For retrieving a custom CXIdxClientContainer attached to a
5499f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * container.
5500f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
5501f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXIdxClientContainer
5502f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc clang_index_getClientContainer(const CXIdxContainerInfo *);
5503f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5504f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
5505f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief For setting a custom CXIdxClientContainer attached to a
5506f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * container.
5507f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
5508f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE void
5509f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc clang_index_setClientContainer(const CXIdxContainerInfo *,CXIdxClientContainer);
5510f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5511f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
5512f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief For retrieving a custom CXIdxClientEntity attached to an entity.
5513f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
5514f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXIdxClientEntity
5515f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc clang_index_getClientEntity(const CXIdxEntityInfo *);
5516f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5517f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
5518f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief For setting a custom CXIdxClientEntity attached to an entity.
5519f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
5520f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE void
5521f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc clang_index_setClientEntity(const CXIdxEntityInfo *, CXIdxClientEntity);
5522f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5523f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
5524f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief An indexing action/session, to be applied to one or multiple
5525f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * translation units.
5526f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
5527f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc typedef void *CXIndexAction;
5528f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5529f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
5530f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief An indexing action/session, to be applied to one or multiple
5531f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * translation units.
5532f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
5533f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param CIdx The index object with which the index action will be associated.
5534f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
5535f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE CXIndexAction clang_IndexAction_create(CXIndex CIdx);
5536f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5537f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
5538f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Destroy the given index action.
5539f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
5540f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * The index action must not be destroyed until all of the translation units
5541f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * created within that index action have been destroyed.
5542f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
5543f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_IndexAction_dispose(CXIndexAction);
5544f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5545f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc typedef enum {
5546f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
5547f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Used to indicate that no special indexing options are needed.
5548f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
5549f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXIndexOpt_None = 0x0,
5550f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5551f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
5552f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Used to indicate that IndexerCallbacks#indexEntityReference should
5553f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * be invoked for only one reference of an entity per source file that does
5554f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * not also include a declaration/definition of the entity.
5555f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
5556f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXIndexOpt_SuppressRedundantRefs = 0x1,
5557f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5558f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
5559f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Function-local symbols should be indexed. If this is not set
5560f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * function-local symbols will be ignored.
5561f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
5562f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXIndexOpt_IndexFunctionLocalSymbols = 0x2,
5563f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5564f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
5565f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Implicit function/class template instantiations should be indexed.
5566f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * If this is not set, implicit instantiations will be ignored.
5567f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
5568f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXIndexOpt_IndexImplicitTemplateInstantiations = 0x4,
5569f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5570f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
5571f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Suppress all compiler warnings when parsing for indexing.
5572f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
5573f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXIndexOpt_SuppressWarnings = 0x8,
5574f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5575f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   /**
5576f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * \brief Skip a function/method body that was already parsed during an
5577*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc    * indexing session associated with a \c CXIndexAction object.
5578f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    * Bodies in system headers are always skipped.
5579f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc    */
5580f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc   CXIndexOpt_SkipParsedBodiesInSession = 0x10
5581f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5582f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc } CXIndexOptFlags;
5583f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5584f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
5585f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Index the given source file and the translation unit corresponding
5586f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * to that file via callbacks implemented through #IndexerCallbacks.
5587f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
5588f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param client_data pointer data supplied by the client, which will
5589f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * be passed to the invoked callbacks.
5590f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
5591f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param index_callbacks Pointer to indexing callbacks that the client
5592f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * implements.
5593f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
5594f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param index_callbacks_size Size of #IndexerCallbacks structure that gets
5595f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * passed in index_callbacks.
5596f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
5597f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \param index_options A bitmask of options that affects how indexing is
5598f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * performed. This should be a bitwise OR of the CXIndexOpt_XXX flags.
5599f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
5600*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * \param[out] out_TU pointer to store a \c CXTranslationUnit that can be
5601*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * reused after indexing is finished. Set to \c NULL if you do not require it.
5602f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
5603*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * \returns 0 on success or if there were errors from which the compiler could
5604*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * recover.  If there is a failure from which the there is no recovery, returns
5605*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc  * a non-zero \c CXErrorCode.
5606f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
5607f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * The rest of the parameters are the same as #clang_parseTranslationUnit.
5608f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
5609f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_indexSourceFile(CXIndexAction,
5610f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                          CXClientData client_data,
5611f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                          IndexerCallbacks *index_callbacks,
5612f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                          unsigned index_callbacks_size,
5613f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                          unsigned index_options,
5614f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                          const char *source_filename,
5615f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                          const char * const *command_line_args,
5616f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                          int num_command_line_args,
5617f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                          struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files,
5618f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                          unsigned num_unsaved_files,
5619f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                          CXTranslationUnit *out_TU,
5620f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                          unsigned TU_options);
5621f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5622f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
5623f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Index the given translation unit via callbacks implemented through
5624f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * #IndexerCallbacks.
5625f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
5626f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * The order of callback invocations is not guaranteed to be the same as
5627f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * when indexing a source file. The high level order will be:
5628f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
5629f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *   -Preprocessor callbacks invocations
5630f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *   -Declaration/reference callbacks invocations
5631f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *   -Diagnostic callback invocations
5632f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
5633f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * The parameters are the same as #clang_indexSourceFile.
5634f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
5635f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \returns If there is a failure from which the there is no recovery, returns
5636f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * non-zero, otherwise returns 0.
5637f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
5638f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_indexTranslationUnit(CXIndexAction,
5639f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                               CXClientData client_data,
5640f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                               IndexerCallbacks *index_callbacks,
5641f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                               unsigned index_callbacks_size,
5642f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                               unsigned index_options,
5643f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                               CXTranslationUnit);
5644f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5645f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
5646f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieve the CXIdxFile, file, line, column, and offset represented by
5647f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * the given CXIdxLoc.
5648f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  *
5649f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * If the location refers into a macro expansion, retrieves the
5650f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * location of the macro expansion and if it refers into a macro argument
5651f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * retrieves the location of the argument.
5652f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
5653f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_indexLoc_getFileLocation(CXIdxLoc loc,
5654f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                                    CXIdxClientFile *indexFile,
5655f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                                    CXFile *file,
5656f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                                    unsigned *line,
5657f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                                    unsigned *column,
5658f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc                                                    unsigned *offset);
5659f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5660f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
5661f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * \brief Retrieve the CXSourceLocation represented by the given CXIdxLoc.
5662f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
5663f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CINDEX_LINKAGE
5664f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc CXSourceLocation clang_indexLoc_getCXSourceLocation(CXIdxLoc loc);
5665f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5666f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
5667f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * @}
5668f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
5669f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5670f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc /**
5671f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  * @}
5672f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc  */
5673f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5674*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc /* Include the comment API for compatibility. This will eventually go away. */
5675*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc #include "clang-c/Documentation.h"
5676*0a6a1f1dSLionel Sambuc 
5677f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc #ifdef __cplusplus
5678f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc }
5679f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc #endif
5680f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc #endif
5681f4a2713aSLionel Sambuc 
5682